Quarterlytics / Industrials / Electrical Equipment & Parts / Ultralife Corporation

Ultralife Corporation

ulbi · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ulbi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Electrical Equipment & Parts
Employees 671
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Ultralife Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
PERFORMANCE GRAPH 

The  graph  below  matches  our  cumulative  five-year  total  shareholder  return  on  common 
stock with the cumulative total returns of the Nasdaq U.S. Index and the Nasdaq Electronic 
Components Index.  The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our common 
stock and in each of the indices from December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2011. 

Comparison of Cumulative Five Year Total Return 

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

Ultralife Corporation

Nasdaq U.S. Index

Nasdaq Electronic Components Index

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS 

My  first  year  as  CEO  and  President  confirmed  my  initial  thoughts  that  Ultralife  is  a 
fundamentally  solid  and  financially  sound  manufacturing  company  with  strong  engineering 
expertise,  an  attractive  array  of  power  and  energy  products,  and  a  significant  foothold  in  the 
U.S.  government  defense  business.    These  capabilities  allow  us  to  serve  the  ever-increasing 
need for mobile power in military, communications, energy and other commercial markets, and 
present us with meaningful opportunities for sustainable and profitable long-term growth.  

The overarching objective remains to leverage our growth while utilizing Lean principles for 
operating efficiency gains to achieve scale and sustain shareholder value creation.  With a more 
deliberate  approach  to  organic  growth  from  new  product  development  and  global  sales 
supplemented  by  acquisitions  strategically  aligned  with  our  core  strengths,  Ultralife  has  the 
potential  to  more  than  double  in  size  over  the  next  several  years  and  to  deliver  significantly 
higher profitability.  

2011 was devoted to readying the company to seize and leverage these opportunities. Our goal 
was to exit the year better positioned to deliver consistent, profitable growth, and we met that 
goal.   Improving operational productivity, exiting businesses and products that were dilutive to 
earnings and more fully leveraging our China operations all contributed to an enhanced quality 
of  earnings.    Importantly,  we  accomplished  a  great  deal  relative  to  the  priorities  we  set  for 
ourselves  at  the  beginning  of  the  year.    Following  is  a  recap  of  the  progress  that  was  made 
during the year:   

Optimizing Profitability 

We  are  working  to  optimize  the  company’s  profitability  over  the  long  term  and  have  set 
achieving a 10% operating margin quality of earnings as our interim goal.  The framework to 
deliver  on  this  goal  consists  of  growing  our  gross  margin  to  30%  and  building  an  operating 
expense  structure  of  approximately  20%  of  sales  that  allocates  10%  -  11%  of  sales  to  new 
product development and selling expense and 9% - 10% of sales to G&A expenses. In 2011, 
not only did we focus on the variable cost components of our margin improvement, but we also 
took a hard look at the infrastructure costs associated with our business model.   In doing so, 
we  made  the  tough  calls,  like  our  decisions  in  the  first  quarter  to  exit  our  Energy  Services 
business  and  to  settle  an  outstanding  audit  adjustment  with  the  US  government;  in  the  third 
quarter to exit a lower margin and limited growth legacy amplifier product line; and our recent 
decision to divest our RedBlack Communications division. 

For  2011,  we  delivered  an  operating  margin  of  4.4%,  adjusting  for  $3.8  million  of  one-time 
charges  taken  throughout  2011.    Our  results  for  the  fourth  quarter  were  particularly 
encouraging.   We achieved a 30% gross margin based on successful implementation of Lean 
principles  and  favorable  product  mix.    This  performance  along  with  cost  reduction  actions 
resulted in an operating margin of 6.8% for the quarter.  Whereas we know that there will still 
be  some  quarter-to-quarter  variation  in  our  operating  margin  rate,  we  are  well  positioned  for 
significant total year 2012 operating margin improvement of between 250 and 300 basis points. 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Develop and Execute Growth Plan 

     We made solid progress on the development and execution of a robust game plan for growth.   
Our intent is to not only further expand penetration of our global government defense customer 
base, but also diversify and more aggressively grow our commercial presence.   To more fully 
control our own destiny and drive consistent growth, we developed strategic growth plans for 
the  Battery  &  Energy  Products  and  Communications  Systems  businesses  that  place  a  heavy 
emphasis on accelerating new product development and increasing the effectiveness and reach 
of our salesforce.   

In  terms  of  new  product  development,  we  have  retooled  our  processes  and  are  now  more 
proactive in developing products ahead of clearly defined customer specifications by building 
functional prototypes, then gathering real-time voice of the customer feedback in order to fine-
tune the designs before a broader introduction.  Examples of the new products we developed 
during 2011 include the patent-pending GenSet Eliminator™, large format lithium ion batteries 
and new cells, battery product designs and chargers.  We intend to continue to add to our new 
product pipeline and introduce meaningful new products several times each year.   

To  take  full  advantage  of  these  emerging  new  product  opportunities,  we  made  structural 
changes in our sales leadership, expanded coverage with major OEMs and internationally, and 
invested in sales tools and training.  We commenced 2012 with a 66% increase in the number 
of  salespeople  versus  the  beginning  of  2011,  each  specifically  aligned  and  trained  for  the 
markets they serve.   

Critical Evaluation of Products and Business Segments 

We looked closely at all of the products and business segments in our portfolio and made an 
assessment of each of their potential mid- and long-term contribution to the sustainable growth 
and profitability of the company.  The outcome of this process, as mentioned earlier, was the 
exit  of  our  Energy  Services  business  unit  and  legacy  amplifier  product  line  and  the  recent 
decision to divest our RedBlack Communications business.     

We will continue to measure each of our products against other new technologies and growth 
opportunities  that  come  across  our  radar  screen  to  help  ensure  that  our  portfolio  is  well 
positioned to achieve scale while achieving our interim operating margin goal of 10%. 

More Fully Leverage our China Operations 

We  took  steps  to  more  fully  leverage  our  established  China  operation  to  access  commercial 
markets in China and throughout the rest of the world and to improve our cost competitiveness.  
Our  Ultralife  China  team  performed  well  throughout  the  entire  year  and  grew  sales  by  34% 
over 2010 with good penetration into electric, gas and water metering applications as well as in 
RFID toll road passes.   

In conjunction with our lean efforts, we plan to continue to invest in our China operations and 
to  increase  productivity  and  throughput  without  expanding  our  manufacturing  footprint.  In 
addition to improving gross margin, we look forward to China continuing to play an integral 
role in helping our Battery & Energy Products business grow its revenue on a global basis. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary 

We  made  considerable  progress  in  2011  and  exited  the  year  with  an  unencumbered  business 
portfolio and an enhanced quality of earnings.  While we acknowledge the challenges which lie 
ahead,  we  will  continue  to  fully  leverage  the  strengths  of  our  people,  products  and  technical 
expertise,  and  combine  these  strengths  with  dynamic  and  deliberate  plans  for  product 
development and sales growth.   

In  closing,  I  want  to  thank  our  valued  customers,  employees,  partners  and  suppliers.  It  is 
through collaboration with all of you that Ultralife has a bright future ahead, and I look forward 
to reporting the successful progress on our above initiatives to you next year. 

Michael D. Popielec 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
   Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
/X/ Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 
OR 
/  / Transition report pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
For the transition period from ____________ to ____________ 
Commission file number 0-20852 

ULTRALIFE CORPORATION    
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware                                                                                                                    
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

                          16-1387013                     
                  (I.R.S. Employer 
                Identification No.) 

2000 Technology Parkway, Newark, New York                                                               
(Address of principal executive offices)                                                                                    

                                    14513 
              (Zip Code) 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (315) 332-7100 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 

Securities Act. Yes…. No..X... 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) 

of the Act. Yes…. No..X... 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 
15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 
Yes..X…   No…. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web 
site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
submit and post such files). Yes..X…   No…. 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 
of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive 
proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by  reference  in  Part  III  of  this  Form  10-K  or  any  amendment  to  this 
Form 10-K. [   ] 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-
accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the  definitions of  “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” 
and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer ….     Accelerated filer ..X…    Non-accelerated filer ….    Smaller reporting company …. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 

Act). Yes…. No..X... 

On July 3, 2011, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was 
approximately $56,000,000 (in whole dollars) based upon the closing price for such common stock as reported on the 
NASDAQ Global Market on July 1, 2011. 

As of February 26, 2012, the registrant had 17,360,435 shares of common stock outstanding, net of 1,372,757 

treasury shares. 

 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Certain  portions  of  the  registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  relating  to  the  June  5,  2012  Annual  Meeting  of 
Shareholders are specifically incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K, except for the equity plan information required by Item 12 as set forth therein. 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

ITEM 

PAGE 

PART I 

1  Business ..................................................................................................................3 

1A Risk Factors ............................................................................................................15 

1B Unresolved Staff Comments ..................................................................................23 

2  Properties ................................................................................................................24 

3  Legal Proceedings ...................................................................................................24 

4  Mine Safety Disclosures .........................................................................................26 

PART II 

5  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder 

Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities ..............................................27 

6  Selected Financial Data ..........................................................................................28 

7  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 

Results of Operations ............................................................................................29 

7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ............................43 

8  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ......................................................44 

9  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and 

Financial Disclosure .............................................................................................81 

9A Controls and Procedures.........................................................................................81 

9B Other Information ...................................................................................................83 

PART III 

10  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ....................................84 

11  Executive Compensation ........................................................................................84 

12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and  

Related Stockholder Matters ................................................................................84 

13  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence......84 

14  Principal Accountant Fees and Services ................................................................84 

PART IV 

15  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ...............................................................85 

Signatures .....................................................................................................................89 

Index to Exhibits...........................................................................................................90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements.  This 
report contains certain forward-looking statements and information that are based on the beliefs of management as well as 
assumptions made by and information currently available to management.  The statements contained in this report relating to 
matters  that  are  not  historical  facts  are  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties,  including,  but  not 
limited to, future demand for our products and services, addressing the process of U.S. defense procurement, reduced U.S. 
defense spending, the successful commercialization of our products, our reliance on certain key customers, the impairment of 
our intangible assets, general domestic and global economic conditions, including the uncertainty with government budget 
approvals, the unique risks associated with our Chinese operations, government and environmental regulations, finalization 
of non-bid government contracts, competition and customer strategies, technological innovations in the non-rechargeable and 
rechargeable  battery  industries,  changes  in  our  business  strategy  or  development  plans,  capital  deployment,  business 
disruptions, including  those  caused by  fires, raw  material supplies,  and other risks and  uncertainties, certain of  which are 
beyond our control.  Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove 
incorrect, actual results may differ materially from those forward-looking statements described herein.  When used in this 
report, the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate” or “expect” or words of similar import are intended to identify forward-
looking statements.  For further discussion of certain of the matters described above and other risks and uncertainties, see 
“Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this annual report. 

As  used  in  this  annual  report,  unless  otherwise  indicated,  the  terms  “we”,  “our”  and  “us”  refer  to  Ultralife 
Corporation and include our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Ultralife Batteries (UK) Ltd., ABLE New Energy Co., Limited and 
its wholly-owned subsidiary ABLE New Energy Co., Ltd, RedBlack Communications, Inc. and Ultralife Energy Services 
Corporation, and our majority-owned joint venture Ultralife Batteries India Private Limited. 

Dollar  amounts  throughout  this  Form  10-K  Annual  Report  are  presented  in  thousands  of  dollars,  except  for  per 

share amounts. 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS  

General 

We  offer  products  and  services  ranging  from  portable  and  standby  power  solutions  to  communications  and 
electronics  systems.    Through  our  engineering  and  collaborative  approach  to  problem  solving,  we  serve  government, 
defense  and  commercial  customers  across  the  globe.    We  design,  manufacture,  install  and  maintain  power  and 
communications  systems  including:  rechargeable  and  non-rechargeable  batteries,  communications  and  electronics 
systems and accessories, and custom engineered systems, solutions and services.  We continually evaluate ways to grow, 
including  the  design,  development  and  sale  of  new  products,  expansion  of  our  sales  force  to  penetrate  new  markets  and 
geographies, as well as seeking opportunities to expand through acquisitions. 

We sell our products worldwide through a variety of trade channels, including original equipment manufacturers 
(“OEMs”), industrial and retail distributors, national retailers and directly to U.S. and international defense departments. 
We enjoy strong name recognition in our markets under our Ultralife® Batteries, McDowell Research®, AMTITM, GenSet 
Eliminator™  and  ABLETM  brands.  We  have  sales,  operations  and  product  development  facilities  in  North  America, 
Europe and Asia.  

On January 1, 2011, we began to report chargers in the Battery & Energy Products segment, to better align the 

portfolio of chargers with customers for those products and with how we manage our business operations.  Previously, we 
had reported chargers in the Communications Systems segment. 

We report our results in two operating segments: Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems.  The 
Battery & Energy Products segment includes: lithium 9-volt, cylindrical and various other non-rechargeable batteries, in 
addition to rechargeable batteries, uninterruptable power supplies, charging systems and accessories, such as cables.  The 
Communications  Systems  segment  includes:  power  supplies,  cable  and  connector  assemblies,  RF  amplifiers,  amplified 
speakers, equipment mounts, case equipment, integrated communication system kits and communications and electronics 
systems  design.    We  believe  that  reporting  performance  at  the  gross  profit  level  is  the  best  indicator  of  segment 
performance.  As such we report segment performance at the gross profit level and operating expenses as Corporate charges.  
(See Note 10 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.) 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our website address is www.ultralifecorp.com.  We make available free of charge via a hyperlink on our website 
(see Investor Relations link) our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-
K, and any amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with 
or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  We will provide copies of these reports upon written 
request to the attention of Peter F. Comerford, Secretary, Ultralife Corporation, 2000 Technology Parkway, Newark, New 
York, 14513. Our filings with the SEC are also available through the SEC website at www.sec.gov or at the SEC Public 
Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 or by calling 1-800-SEC-0330.   

Battery & Energy Products 

We  manufacture  and/or  market  a  family  of  lithium-manganese  dioxide  (Li-MnO2)  non-rechargeable  batteries 
including 9-volt, HiRate cylindrical, Thin Cell, and other form factors.  We also manufacture and market a family of lithium-
thionyl chloride (Li-SOCl2) non-rechargeable batteries produced at our Chinese operating unit.  Applications for our 9-volt 
batteries  include:  smoke  alarms,  wireless  security  systems  and  intensive  care  monitors,  among  many  other  devices.    Our 
HiRate and Thin Cell lithium non-rechargeable batteries are sold primarily to the military and to OEMs in industrial markets 
for  use  in  a  variety  of  applications  including  radios,  automotive  telematics,  emergency  radio  beacons,  search  and  rescue 
transponders, pipeline inspection gauges, portable medical devices and other specialty instruments and applications. Military 
applications  for  our  non-rechargeable  HiRate  batteries  include:  man-pack  and  survival  radios,  night  vision  devices, 
targeting devices, chemical agent  monitors and thermal imaging equipment.  Our lithium-thionyl chloride batteries, sold 
under our ABLE and Ultralife brands as well as various private label brands, are used in a variety of applications including 
utility meters, wireless security devices, electronic meters, automotive electronics and geothermal devices.  We believe that 
the  chemistry  of  lithium  batteries  provides  significant  advantages  over  other  currently  available  non-rechargeable  battery 
technologies.    These  advantages  include:  lighter  weight,  longer  operating  time,  longer  shelf  life  and  a  wider  operating 
temperature  range.    Our  non-rechargeable  batteries  also  have  relatively  flat  voltage  profiles,  which  provide  stable  power.  
Conventional  non-rechargeable  batteries,  such  as  alkaline  batteries,  have  sloping  voltage  profiles  that  result  in  decreasing 
power  output  during  discharge.    While  the  price  for  our  lithium  batteries  is  generally  higher  than  alkaline  batteries,  the 
increased energy per unit of weight and volume of our lithium batteries allow for longer operating times and less frequent 
battery replacements for our targeted applications.   

We  believe  that  our  range  of  lithium  ion  rechargeable  batteries  and  charging  systems  offer  substantial  benefits, 
including  the  ability  to  design  and  produce  lightweight,  high-energy  batteries  in  a  variety  of  custom  sizes,  shapes,  and 
thickness.  We market lithium ion rechargeable batteries comprising cells manufactured by qualified cell manufacturers.  
Our  rechargeable  products  can  be  used  in  a  wide  variety  of  applications  including  communications,  medical  and  other 
portable  electronic  devices.    We  believe  that  the  chemistry  of  our  lithium  ion  batteries  provides  significant  advantages 
over  other  currently  available  rechargeable  batteries.    These  advantages  include:  lighter  weight,  longer  operating  time, 
longer time between charges and a wider operating temperature range.  Conventional rechargeable batteries such as nickel 
metal hydride and nickel cadmium, are heavier, have lower energy and require more frequent charging. 

Within this segment, we also seek to fund the development of new products to advance our technologies through 
contracts with both government agencies and third parties.  We have been successful in obtaining awards for such programs 
for power-system technologies. 

We continue to obtain contracts that are in parallel with our efforts to ultimately commercialize products that we 
develop.    Revenues  in  this  segment  that  pertain  to  technology  contracts  may  vary  widely  each  year,  depending  upon  the 
quantity and size of contracts obtained. 

Revenues for this segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $108,203 and segment contribution (gross 

profit) was $25,169. 

Communications Systems  

Under our McDowell Research and AMTI brands, we design and manufacture a line of communications systems 
and  accessories  to  support  military  communications  systems,  including  power  supplies,  power  cables,  connector 
assemblies, RF amplifiers, amplified speakers, equipment mounts, case equipment and integrated communication systems 
such as tactical repeaters and SATCOM systems.  Products include field deployable systems, which operate from wide-
ranging  AC  and  DC  sources  using  a  basic  building  block  approach,  allowing  for  a  quick  response  to  specialized 
applications.  All  systems  are  packaged  to  meet  specific  customer  needs  in  rugged  enclosures  to  allow  for  their  use  in 
severe  environments.  We  market  these  products  to  all  branches  of  the  U.S.  military,  approved  foreign  defense 
organizations, and U.S. and international prime defense contractors.  In addition, under our RedBlack Communications 
brand, we design, integrate and field mobile, modular and fixed-site communication and electronic systems. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues for this segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $31,183 and segment contribution (gross 

profit) was $10,224. 

Corporate  

We allocate revenues and cost of sales across the above operating segments.  The balance of income and expense, 
including  but  not  limited  to  research  and  development  expenses,  and  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  are 
reported as Corporate expenses. 

There were no revenues for this category for the year ended December 31, 2011 and our corporate expenses were 

$32,918.   

See  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  and  the  2011 
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto for additional information.  For information relating to total assets by 
segment, revenues for the last three years by segment, and contribution by segment for the last three years, see Note 10 in the 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

History 

We  were  formed as a  Delaware corporation in  December 1990.  In March 1991,  we acquired certain technology 
and  assets  from  Eastman  Kodak  Company  ("Kodak")  relating  to  its  9-volt  lithium-manganese  dioxide  non-rechargeable 
battery.  In December 1992, we completed our  initial public offering and became listed  on NASDAQ.  In June 1994,  we 
formed  a  subsidiary,  Ultralife  Batteries  (UK)  Ltd.  (“Ultralife  UK”),  which  acquired  certain  assets  of  Dowty  Group  PLC 
(“Dowty”) and provided us with a presence in Europe.   

In  May  2006,  we  acquired  ABLE  New  Energy  Co.,  Ltd.  (“ABLE”),  an  established  manufacturer  of  lithium 
batteries  located  in  Shenzhen,  China,  which  broadened  our  product  offering  and  provided  additional  exposure  to  new 
markets.   

In  July  2006,  we  finalized  the  acquisition  of  substantially  all  the  assets  of  McDowell  Research,  Ltd. 
(“McDowell”),  a  manufacturer  of  military  communications  accessories  located  originally  in  Waco,  Texas,  whose 
operations were relocated to our Newark, New York facility during the second half of 2007, which enhanced our channels 
into  the  military  communications  area  and  strengthened  our  presence  in  global  defense  markets.    In  January  2012,  we 
relocated these operations to our Virginia Beach, Virginia facility.   

In  September  2007,  we  acquired  RedBlack  Communications,  Inc.  (“RedBlack”),  located  in  Hollywood, 
Maryland,  an  engineering  and  technical  services  firm  specializing  in  the  design,  integration,  and  fielding  of  mobile, 
modular  and  fixed-site  communication  and  electronic  systems.    The  acquisition  was  expected  to  provide  a  natural 
extension  to  our  communications  systems  business  and  open  another  channel  of  distribution  for  our  broad  portfolio  of 
communications systems, accessories and portable power products.  As described in greater detail below, we are currently 
seeking to divest our RedBlack operations.   

In November 2007, we acquired Stationary Power Services, Inc. (“Stationary Power”) and RPS Power Systems, 
Inc.  (“RPS”),  affiliated  companies  both  located  in  Clearwater,  Florida.    Stationary  Power  was  an  infrastructure  power 
management  services  firm  specializing  in  the  engineering,  installation  and  preventive  maintenance  of  standby  power 
systems,  uninterruptible  power  supply  systems,  DC  power  systems  and  switchgear/control  systems  for  the 
telecommunications, aerospace, banking and information services industries.  RPS supplied lead acid batteries for use in 
the design and installation of standby power systems.  The Stationary Power acquisition furthered our transformation to a 
value-added  power  solutions,  accessories  and  engineering  services  company  serving  a  broad  spectrum  of  government, 
defense and commercial markets.  As described in greater detail below, we have ceased our Stationary Power business.   

In March 2008, we formed a joint venture, named Ultralife Batteries India Private Limited (“India JV”), with our 
distributor  partner  in  India.    The  India  JV  assembles  Ultralife  power  solution  products  and  manages  local  sales  and 
marketing activities, serving commercial, government and defense customers throughout India.  We have invested cash 
into the India JV, as consideration for our 51% ownership stake in the India JV.   

In November 2008, we acquired certain assets of U.S. Energy Systems, Inc. and its services affiliate, U.S. Power 
Services, Inc. (“USE” collectively), a nationally recognized standby power installation and power management services 
business  located  in  Riverside,  California.    The  acquisition  was  made  to  advance  our  goal  of  becoming  the  leading 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
provider  of  engineering,  installation,  integration  and  maintenance  services  to  the  growing  standby  power  industry.    As 
described in greater detail below, we have ceased our USE business.  

In March 2009, we acquired the tactical communications products business of Science Applications International 
Corporation.  The  tactical  communications  products  business  (“AMTI”)  designs,  develops  and  manufactures  tactical 
communications  products 
including:  amplifiers,  man-portable  systems,  cables,  power  solutions  and  ancillary 
communications equipment, which are sold by Ultralife under the brand name AMTI. The acquisition strengthened our 
communications  systems  business  and  provided  us  with  direct  entry  into  the  handheld  radio/amplifier  market, 
complementing Ultralife’s communications systems offerings.   

In  January  2010,  Stationary  Power  and  RPS  formally  merged,  with  Stationary  Power  being  the  surviving 
corporation.    Subsequent  to  the  merger,  we  changed  the  name  of  Stationary  Power  to  Ultralife  Energy  Services 
Corporation (“UES”). 

On March 8, 2011, our senior management, as authorized by our Board of Directors, decided to exit our Energy 
Services business.   As a result of management’s ongoing review of our business segments and products, and taking into 
account  the  lack  of  growth  and  profitability  potential  of  the  Energy  Services  segment  as  well  as  its  sizeable  operating 
losses  over  the  last  several  years,  we  determined  it  was  appropriate  to  refocus  our  operations  on  profitable  growth 
opportunities presented in our other segments, Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems.  In the fourth 
quarter of 2010, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $13,793 to write-off the goodwill and intangible assets and 
certain fixed assets associated with the standby power portion of our Energy Services business.  The actions taken to exit 
our  Energy  Services  business  resulted  in  the  elimination  of  approximately  40  jobs  and  the  closing  of  five  facilities, 
primarily in California, Florida and Texas.  We completed all exit activities with respect to our Energy Services segment 
by the end of the second quarter of 2011, and have reclassified our Energy Services segment as a discontinued operation. 

In connection with the exit activities described above, we recorded total restructuring charges of approximately 
$2,924.  The restructuring charges include approximately $703 of employee-related costs, including termination benefits, 
approximately  $250  of  lease  termination  costs,  approximately  $941  of  inventory  and  fixed  asset  write-downs  and 
approximately  $1,030  of  other  associated  costs.    The  cash  component  of  the  aggregate  total  restructuring  charges  was 
approximately $1,984.  Subsequent to the completion of our exit activities, adjustments have been made to estimates of 
certain reserves and accruals that existed at that time.  These adjustments amount to $94 and were due to the difference in 
our actual experience compared to our expectations as of the completion of our exit activities.   

On February 15, 2012, our senior management, as authorized by our Board of Directors, decided to divest our 
RedBlack  Communications  business.      As  a  result  of  management’s  ongoing  review  of  our  business  portfolio, 
management had determined that RedBlack offers limited opportunities to achieve the operating margin thresholds of our 
new  business  model  and  decided  to  refocus  our  operations  on  profitable  growth  opportunities  presented  in  the  other 
product lines that comprise our business segments, Battery & Energy Products and Communication Systems.  Since 2008, 
our RedBlack Communications business has incurred significant operating losses.  Revenues for our RedBlack business 
for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $3,649 and its contribution to gross profit was $1,202.  We are seeking to sell 
our  RedBlack  business  as  a  going  concern  and  will  be  engaging  appropriate  professionals  to  assist  in  that  effort.    We 
anticipate  that  the  actions  taken  to  divest  the  RedBlack  Communications  business  will  result  in  the  elimination  of 
approximately 30 jobs and the transfer of the RedBlack facility located in Hollywood, Maryland in connection  with the 
divestiture.  We cannot predict at this time when the closing of any divestiture transaction will occur.  Commencing with 
the first quarter of 2012 and concluding with the ultimate closing of the transaction, the results of RedBlack operations 
and related divestiture costs will be reported as a discontinued operation. 

We cannot at this time determine an estimate or a range of estimates of the extent of the restructuring charges we 

will incur in connection with the RedBlack divestiture. 

Products, Services and Technology 

Battery & Energy Products 

A  non-rechargeable  battery  is  used  until  discharged  and  then  discarded.  The  principal  competing  non-
rechargeable  battery  technologies  are  carbon-zinc,  alkaline  and  lithium.  We  manufacture  a  range  of  non-rechargeable 
battery products based on lithium-manganese dioxide and lithium-thionyl chloride technologies.  

Our  non-rechargeable  battery  products  are  based  on  lithium-manganese  dioxide  and  lithium-thionyl  chloride 
technologies.    We  believe  that  the  chemistry  of  lithium  batteries  provides  significant  advantages  over  currently  available 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
non-rechargeable battery technologies,  which include:  lighter  weight, longer operating time, longer shelf life, and a  wider 
operating temperature range. Our non-rechargeable batteries also have relatively flat voltage profiles, which provide stable 
power.    Conventional  non-rechargeable  batteries,  such  as  alkaline  batteries,  have  sloping  voltage  profiles  that  result  in 
decreasing  power  during  discharge.    While  the  prices  for  our  lithium  batteries  are  generally  higher  than  commercially 
available alkaline batteries produced by others, we believe that the increased energy per unit of weight and volume of our 
batteries will allow longer operating time and less frequent battery replacements for our targeted applications.  As a result, 
we believe that our non-rechargeable batteries are price competitive  with other battery technologies on a price per unit of 
energy or volume basis.  

Our non-rechargeable products include the following product configurations: 

9-Volt Lithium Battery.  Our 9-volt lithium battery delivers a unique combination of high energy and stable voltage, 
which results in a longer operating life for the battery and, accordingly, fewer battery replacements. While our 9-volt battery 
price  is  generally  higher  than  conventional  9-volt  carbon-zinc  and  alkaline  batteries,  we  believe  the  enhanced  operating 
performance  and  decreased  costs  associated  with  battery  replacement  make  our  9-volt  battery  more  cost  effective  than 
conventional batteries on a cost per unit of energy or volume basis when used in a variety of applications. 

We  market  our  9-volt  lithium  batteries  to  OEM, distributor  and  retail  markets  including  industrial  electronics, 
safety and security, medical and music/audio. Typical applications include: smoke alarms, wireless alarm systems, bone 
growth  stimulators,  telemetry  devices,  blood  analyzers,  ambulatory  infusion  pumps,  parking  meters,  wireless  audio 
devices  and  guitar  pickups.    A  significant  portion  of  the  sales  of  our  9-volt  battery  is  to  major  U.S.  and  international 
smoke alarm OEMs for use in their long-life smoke alarms. We also manufacture our 9-volt lithium battery under private 
label for a variety of companies. Additionally, we sell our 9-volt battery to the broader consumer market through national 
and regional retail chains and Internet retailers.  

We  believe  that  we  manufacture  the  only  standard  size  9-volt  battery  designed  to  last  10  years  when  used  in 
ionization-type smoke alarms.  Although designs exist using other battery configurations, such as three 2/3 A or 1/2 AA-type 
battery cells, we believe that our 9-volt solution is superior to these alternatives.  Our current 9-volt battery manufacturing 
capacity is adequate to meet forecasted customer demand over the next three years.   

Cylindrical  Batteries.    Featuring  high  energy,  wide  temperature  range,  long  shelf  life  and  operating  life,  our 
cylindrical cells and batteries, based on both lithium-manganese dioxide and lithium-thionyl chloride technologies, represent 
some  of  the  most  advanced  lithium  power  sources  currently  available.    We  market  a  wide  range  of  cylindrical  non-
rechargeable lithium cells and batteries in various sizes under both the Ultralife HiRate and ABLE brands.  These include: 
D, C, 5/4 C, 1/2 AA, 2/3 A and other sizes, which are sold individually as well as packaged into multi-cell battery packs, 
including our leading BA-5390 military battery, an alternative to the competing Li-SO2 BA-5590 battery, and one of the 
most widely used battery types in the U.S. armed forces for portable applications. Our BA-5390 battery provides 50% to 
100% more energy (mission time) than the BA-5590, and it is used in approximately 60 military applications. 

We  market  our  line  of  lithium  cells  and  batteries  to  the  OEM  market  for  commercial,  defense,  medical, 
automotive, asset tracking and search and rescue applications, among others.  Significant commercial applications include 
pipeline inspection equipment, automatic reclosers and oceanographic devices.  Asset tracking applications include RFID 
(Radio Frequency Identification) systems.  Among the defense uses are manpack radios, night vision goggles, chemical 
agent  monitors  and  thermal  imaging  equipment.    Medical  applications  include:  AED’s  (Automated  External 
Defibrillators),  infusion  pumps  and  telemetry  systems.    Automotive  applications  include:  telematics,  tire-pressure 
monitoring  and  engine  electronics  systems.    Search  and  rescue  applications  include:  ELT’s  (Emergency  Locator 
Transmitters) for aircraft and EPIRB’s (Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacons) for ships. 

Thin  Cell  Batteries.    We  manufacture  a  range  of  thin  lithium-manganese  dioxide  batteries  under  the  Thin  Cell® 
brand.  Thin  Cell batteries are flat, lightweight batteries  providing  a  unique  combination  of  high  energy,  long  shelf  life, 
wide operating temperature range and very low profile. With their thin prismatic form and a high ratio of active materials 
to  packaging,  Thin  Cell  batteries  can  efficiently  fill  most  battery  cavities. We are currently  marketing these batteries  to 
OEMs for applications such as displays, wearable medical devices, theft detection systems, and RFID devices. 

In contrast to non-rechargeable batteries, after a rechargeable battery is discharged, it can be recharged and reused 
many times.  Generally, discharge and recharge cycles can be repeated hundreds of times in rechargeable batteries, but the 
achievable number of cycles (cycle life) varies among technologies and is an important competitive factor. All rechargeable 
batteries experience a small, but measurable, loss in energy with each cycle. The industry commonly reports cycle life in the 
number of cycles a battery can achieve until 80% of the battery's initial energy capacity remains. In the rechargeable battery 
market, the principal competing technologies are nickel-cadmium, nickel-metal hydride and lithium-ion (including lithium-

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
polymer) batteries.  Rechargeable batteries are used in many applications, such as military radios, laptop computers, mobile 
telephones, portable medical devices, wearable devices and many other commercial, defense and consumer products.  

Three  important  performance  characteristics  of  a  rechargeable  battery  are  design  flexibility,  energy  density  and 
cycle life. Design flexibility refers to the ability of rechargeable batteries to be designed to fit a variety of shapes and sizes of 
battery  compartments.  Thin  profile  batteries  with  prismatic  geometry  provide  the  design  flexibility  to  fit  the  battery 
compartments of today's electronic devices. Energy density refers to the total amount of electrical energy stored in a battery 
divided by the battery’s weight and volume as measured in watt-hours per kilogram and watt-hours per liter, respectively.  
High energy density batteries generally are longer lasting power sources providing longer operating time and necessitating 
fewer  battery  recharges.  High  energy  density  and  long  achievable  cycle  life  are  important  characteristics  for  comparing 
rechargeable battery technologies.  Greater energy density will permit the use of batteries of a given weight or volume for a 
longer  time  period.      Accordingly,  greater  energy  density  will  enable  the  use  of  smaller  and  lighter  batteries  with  energy 
comparable to those currently marketed.  Lithium ion batteries, by the nature of their electrochemical properties, are capable 
of  providing  higher  energy  density  than  comparably  sized  batteries  that  utilize  other  chemistries  and,  therefore,  tend  to 
consume less volume and weight for a given energy content.  Long achievable cycle life, particularly in combination with 
high energy density, is suitable for applications requiring frequent battery recharges, such as cellular telephones and laptop 
computers, and allows the user to charge and recharge many times before noticing a difference in performance.  We believe 
that our lithium ion batteries generally have some of the highest energy density and longest cycle life available. 

Lithium Ion Cells and Batteries.   We market a variety of lithium  ion cells and rechargeable batteries comprising 
cells manufactured by qualified cell manufacturers.  These  products are used in a  wide variety of applications including 
communications, medical and other portable electronic devices. 

Battery Charging Systems and Accessories.  To provide our customers with complete power system solutions, we 
offer a  wide range of rugged military and commercial battery charging systems  and accessories including smart chargers, 
multi-bay charging systems and a variety of cables. 

GenSet Eliminator.  GenSet Eliminator provides energy storage capabilities to generators and renewable energy 

sources, thereby promoting optimum efficiencies through the continuous charging and discharging of our lithium ion 
batteries incorporated into the system.  The system is mobile, flexible and scalable from 10 to 50 kWh of battery storage and 
will significantly reduce fuel consumption while enabling the primary generator or power source to be operated at 85% - 
95% of its rated load capacity.  The switch between the primary energy source and battery power is seamless to the user and 
allows for silent and clean (zero emission) operation when the batteries are in use.  Our lithium ion batteries allow for 
continuous monitoring, reduce battery weight by a factor of four to five if comparable lead acid batteries are used, and allow 
much higher operating temperatures of up to 140°F (60°C) without degradation.  The resulting benefits of lower fuel 
consumption, extended life expectancy and less maintenance to the primary power source, and silent watch capability make 
the GenSet Eliminator ideal for military bases that generate their own electricity.    

Technology  Contracts.  Our  technology  contract  activities  involve  the  development  of  new  products  or  the 

advancement of existing products through contracts with both government agencies and third parties. 

Communications Systems 

We  design  and  manufacture  communications  systems  and  accessories,  and  provide  communications  systems 
design  services,  through  our  McDowell  Research®,  RedBlack  CommunicationsTM  (which  we  will  be  divesting)  and 
AMTITM  brands,  to  support  military  communications  systems  including  power  supplies,  RF  amplifiers,  amplified 
speakers, equipment mounts, case equipment and integrated communication systems.  We specialize in field deployable 
power systems, which operate from wide-ranging AC and DC sources using a basic building block approach, allowing for 
a  quick  response  to  specialized  applications.    We  package  all  systems  to  meet  specific  customer  needs  in  rugged 
enclosures to allow their use in severe environments.  

We  offer  a  wide  range  of  military  communications  systems  and  accessories  designed  to  enhance  and  extend  the 
operation of communications equipment such as vehicle-mounted, manpack and handheld transceivers. Our communications 
products include the following product configurations: 

Integrated  Systems.  Our  integrated  systems  include:  SATCOM  systems;  rugged,  deployable  case  systems; 
multiband transceiver kits; briefcase power systems; dual transceiver cases; enroute communications cases; radio cases; 
and tactical repeater systems. These systems give communications operators everything that is needed to provide reliable 
links to support C4I (Command, Control, Communications, Computers and Information systems).  

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Power  Systems.  Our  power  systems  include:  universal  AC/DC  power  supplies  with  battery  backup  for  tactical 
manpack  and  handheld  transceivers;  Rover  power  supplies;  interoperable  power  adapters  and  chargers;  portable  power 
systems; tactical combat and AC to DC power supplies for encryption units, among many others. We can provide power 
supplies for virtually all tactical communications devices.  

RF Amplifiers. Our RF amplifiers include: 20, 50 and 75-watt amplifiers and 20-watt accessories and kits. These 
amplifiers are used to extend the range of manpack and handheld tactical transceivers and can be used on mobile or fixed site 
applications.  

Communications  and  Electronics.  Our  communications  and  electronics  services  include  the  design,  integration, 
fielding  and  life  cycle  management  of  portable,  mobile  and  fixed-site  communications  systems.  Capabilities  include 
engineering, rapid prototyping, systems integration and logistics support. 

In addition, we design, install, maintain and integrate communications equipment and power systems for maximum 
mobility and optimum customer utility.  These include equipment installations in commercial, defense and law enforcement 
applications,  including  vehicles  for  satellite  communications,  engineering  services,  upgrading  current  fleet  vehicles  and 
integrated logistics and project management support. 

Sales and Marketing 

We employ a staff of sales and marketing personnel in North America, Europe and Asia.  We sell our products and 
services directly to commercial customers, including OEMs, as  well as  government  and defense agencies in  the U.S.  and 
abroad and have contractual arrangements with sales agents who market our products on a commission basis in particular 
areas.  While OEM agreements and contracts contain volume-based pricing based on expected volumes, industry practices 
dictate that pricing is rarely adjusted retroactively when contract volumes are not achieved.  Every effort is made to adjust 
future prices accordingly, but the ability to adjust prices is generally based on market conditions.   

We also distribute some of our products through domestic and international distributors and retailers. Our sales are 
generated primarily  from  customer purchase orders.  We have  several  long-term contracts  with  the U.S.  government and 
other  customers.  These  contracts  do  not  commit  the  customers  to  specific  purchase  volumes,  nor  to  specific  timing  of 
purchase  order  releases,  and  they  include  fixed  price  agreements  over  various  periods  of  time.    In  general  we  do  not 
believe our sales are seasonal, although we may sometimes experience seasonality for some of our military products based 
on the timing of government fiscal budget expenditures. 

A  significant  portion  of  our  business  comes  from  sales  of  products  and  services  to  the  U.S.  and  foreign 
governments through various contracts.  These contracts are subject to procurement laws and regulations that lay out policies 
and procedures for acquiring goods and services.  The regulations also contain guidelines for managing contracts after they 
are  awarded,  including  conditions  under  which  contracts  may  be  terminated,  in  whole  or  in  part,  at  the  government’s 
convenience  or  for  default.    Failure  to  comply  with  the  procurement  laws  or  regulations  can  result  in  civil,  criminal  or 
administrative proceedings involving fines, penalties, suspension of payments, or suspension or disbarment from government 
contracting or subcontracting for a period of time. 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we had one major customer, Harris Corporation, which comprised 21% 
of our revenue.  During the year ended December 31, 2010, we had two major customers, U.S. Department of Defense and 
Port Electronics Corp., which comprised 12% and 11% of our revenue, respectively.  During the year ended December 31, 
2009, we had two major customers, the U.S. Department of Defense and Harris Corporation, which comprised 29% and 11% 
of our revenue, respectively.   

In  2011,  sales  to  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  customers  were  approximately  $95,808  and  $43,578,  respectively.    For 
information relating to revenues by country for the last three fiscal years and long-lived assets for the last three fiscal years 
by country of origin, see Note 10 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Battery & Energy Products 

We target sales of our  non-rechargeable products to  manufacturers of security and safety equipment, automotive 
telematics,  medical  devices,  search  and  rescue  equipment,  specialty  instruments,  point  of  sale  equipment  and  metering 
applications, as well as users of military equipment.  Our strategy is to develop sales and marketing alliances with OEMs and 
governmental  agencies  that  utilize  our  batteries  in  their  products,  commit  to  cooperative  research  and  development  or 
marketing  programs,  and  recommend  our  products  for  design-in  or  replacement  use  in  their  products.  We  are  addressing 

9 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
these  markets  through  direct  contact  by  our  sales  and  technical  personnel,  use  of  sales  agents  and  stocking  distributors, 
manufacturing under private label and promotional activities.  

We seek to capture a significant market share for our products within our targeted OEM markets, which we believe, 
if successful, will result in increased product awareness and sales at the end-user or consumer level. We are also selling our 
9-volt  battery  to  the  consumer  market  through  limited  retail  distribution  through  a  number  of  national  retailers.    Most 
military procurements are done directly by the specific government organizations requiring products, based on a competitive 
bidding process.  For those military procurements that are not bid, the procurements are typically subject to an audit of the 
product’s underlying cost structure and associated profitability.  Additionally, we are typically required to successfully meet 
contractual  specifications  and  to  pass  various  qualification  testing  for  the  products  under  contract  by  the  military.    An 
inability by us to pass these tests in a timely fashion could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and  results  of  operations.    When  a  government  contract  is  awarded,  there  is  a  government  procedure  that  allows  for 
unsuccessful  companies  to  formally  protest  the  award  if  they  believe  they  were  unjustly  treated  in  the  government’s  bid 
evaluation process.  A prolonged delay in the resolution of a protest, or a reversal of an award resulting from such a protest 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.   

We market our products to defense organizations in the U.S. and other countries.  These efforts have resulted in 
us winning significant contracts.  In September 2010, we were awarded a production contract by the Defense Logistics 
Agency  for  up  to  five  years,  with  a  maximum  total  potential  of  $42,100,  to  provide  our  BA-5390  non-rechargeable 
lithium-manganese  dioxide  batteries  to  the  U.S.  military.    Production  deliveries  began  in  the  first  quarter  of  2011.  
Through December 31, 2011, we have received orders for deliveries under this contract totaling $6,500.  This contract is 
set to expire in 2015.   

We  target  sales  of  our  lithium  ion  rechargeable  batteries  and  charging  systems  to  OEM  customers,  as  well  as 
distributors  and  resellers  focused  on  our  target  markets.  We  seek  design  wins  with  OEMs,  and  believe  that  our  design 
capabilities, product characteristics and solution integration will drive OEMs to incorporate our batteries into their product 
offerings, resulting in revenue growth opportunities for us. 

We continue to expand our marketing activities as part of our strategic plan to increase sales of our rechargeable 
products for commercial, standby, defense and communications applications, as well as hand-held devices, wearable devices 
and  other  electronic  portable  equipment.    A  key  part  of  this  expansion  includes  increasing  our  design  and  assembly 
capabilities as well as building our network of distributors and value added distributors throughout the world. 

At  December  31,  2011,  2010  and  2009,  our  backlog  related  to  Battery  &  Energy  Products  was  approximately 
$22,555, $34,891 and $29,081, respectively.  The decrease in our backlog related to Battery & Energy Products is mainly 
due to continued delays in government orders.  The majority of the 2011 backlog was related to orders that are expected to 
ship throughout 2012.   

Communications Systems 

We  target  sales  of  our  communications  systems,  which  include  power  solutions  and  accessories  to  support 
communications systems such as power supplies, power cables, connector assemblies, RF amplifiers, amplified speakers, 
equipment mounts, case equipment and integrated communication systems, to military OEMs and U.S. and international 
government  organizations.  We  sell  our  products  directly  and  through  authorized  distributors  to  OEMs  and  to  defense 
organizations in the U.S. and internationally. 

We  market  our  products  to  defense  organizations  and  OEMs  in  the  U.S.  and  internationally.    These  efforts 
resulted in a number of significant contracts for us.  For example, in May 2010, we received an order valued at $21,000, 
from a U.S. defense contractor for advanced communications systems. 

At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, our backlog related to Communications Systems orders was approximately 
$1,555, $4,021 and $11,962, respectively.  The decrease in our backlog related to Communications Systems orders is mainly 
due to the completion of SATCOM systems orders in 2011.  The majority of the 2011 backlog was related to orders that are 
expected to ship throughout 2012.  

Patents, Trade Secrets and Trademarks 

We rely on licenses of technology as well as our patented and unpatented proprietary information, know-how and 
trade secrets to maintain and develop our competitive position.  Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary information, 
there can be no assurance that others will neither develop the same or similar information independently nor obtain access to 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
our  proprietary  information.    In  addition,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  would  prevail  if  we  asserted  our  intellectual 
property rights  against third parties, or  that  third parties  will  not  successfully assert  infringement claims against  us  in the 
future.    We  believe,  however,  that  our  success  depends  more  on  the  knowledge,  ability,  experience  and  technological 
expertise of our employees, than on the legal protection that our patents and other proprietary rights may or will afford.  

We hold seventeen patents in the U.S. and foreign countries.  Our patents protect technology that makes automated 
production more cost-effective and protect important competitive features of our products. However, we do not consider our 
business to be dependent on patent protection.   

In  2003,  we  entered  into  an  agreement  with  Saft  Groupe  S.A.  to  license  certain  tooling  for  battery  cases.    The 
licensing fee associated with this agreement is based on a percentage of the sales price of the individual battery case, up to a 
maximum of one dollar per battery case.  The total royalty expense reflected in 2011 was $5.  This agreement expires in the 
year 2017.               

Select  key  employees  are  required  to  enter  into  agreements  providing  for  confidentiality  and  the  assignment  of 
rights  to  inventions  made  by  them  while  employed  by  us.  These  agreements  also  contain  certain  noncompetition  and 
nonsolicitation provisions  effective during the employment term  and  for  varying periods  thereafter depending on position 
and location. There can be no assurance that we will be able to enforce these agreements.  All of our employees agree to 
abide by the terms of a Code of Ethics policy that provides for the confidentiality of certain information received during the 
course of their employment. 

Trademarks are an important aspect of our business. We sell our products under a number of trademarks, which 
we  own  or  use  under  license.    The  following  are  registered  trademarks  or  trademarks  of  ours:  Ultralife,  Ultralife  Thin 
Cell,  Ultralife  HiRate,  The  New  Power  Generation,  LithiumPower,  SmartCircuit,  We  Are  Power,  AMTI, 
ABLE, RedBlack™, GenSet Eliminator™, McDowell Research®, and Max Juice For More Gigs®. 

Manufacturing and Raw Materials 

We manufacture our products from raw materials and component parts that we purchase. We have ISO 9001:2008 
certification  for  our  manufacturing  facilities  in  Newark,  New  York,  Virginia  Beach,  Virginia  and  Shenzhen,  China.    In 
addition, our manufacturing facilities in Newark, New York and Shenzhen, China are ISO 14001 certified.    

We  expect  that  in  the  future,  raw  material  purchases  will  fluctuate  based  on  the  timing  of  customer  orders,  the 

related need to build inventory in anticipation of orders and actual shipment dates. 

Battery & Energy Products 

Our Newark, New York facility has the capacity to produce approximately nine million 9-volt batteries per year and 
approximately  fourteen  million cylindrical cells per  year.  Capacity, however, is also related to individual operations,  and 
product mix changes can produce bottlenecks in an individual operation, constraining overall capacity.  Our manufacturing 
facility in Shenzhen, China is capable of producing approximately five million cylindrical cells per year and approximately 
500,000 thin cells per year.  We have acquired new machinery and equipment in areas where production bottlenecks have 
resulted in the past and we believe that we have sufficient capacity in these areas.   We continually evaluate our requirements 
for additional capital equipment, and we believe that the planned increases, including equipment relating to the transition of 
our 9-volt battery manufacturing operations to China, will be adequate to meet foreseeable customer demand.  In 2010, we 
announced that we will be transitioning a significant portion of our 9-volt battery manufacturing from our Newark, New 
York  manufacturing  facility to our Shenzhen,  China  manufacturing facility.   At December 31, 2011, the transition  was 
still  ongoing,  but  we  anticipate  completing  the  transition  during  the  first  half  of  2012.    However,  with  unanticipated 
growth  in  demand  for  our  products,  demand  could  exceed  capacity,  which  would  require  us  to  install  additional  capital 
equipment  to  meet  these  incremental  needs,  which  in  turn  may  require  us  to  lease  or  contract  additional  space  to 
accommodate such needs.   

We utilize lithium foil as well as other metals and chemicals to manufacture our batteries. Although we know of 
only three major suppliers that extrude lithium into foil and provide such foil in the form required by us, we do not anticipate 
any shortage of lithium foil or any difficulty in obtaining the quantities we require. Certain materials used in our products are 
available only from a single source or a limited number of sources. Additionally, we may elect to develop relationships with 
a  single  or  limited  number  of  sources  for  materials  that  are  otherwise  generally  available.    Although  we  believe  that 
alternative sources are available to supply materials that could replace materials we use and that, if necessary, we would be 
able to redesign our products to make use of an alternative product, any interruption in our supply from any supplier that 
serves  currently  as  our  sole  source  could  delay  product  shipments  and  adversely  affect  our  financial  performance  and 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
relationships with our customers. Although we have experienced interruptions of product deliveries by sole source suppliers, 
none of such interruptions has had a material adverse effect on us.  All other raw materials utilized by us are readily available 
from many sources. 

We use various utilities to provide heat, light and power to our facilities.  As energy costs rise, we continue to seek 
ways to reduce these costs and will initiate energy-saving projects at times to assist in this effort.  It is possible, however, that 
rising energy costs may have an adverse effect on our financial results.  

We believe that the raw materials and components utilized for our rechargeable batteries are readily available from 
many sources.  Although we believe that alternative sources are available to supply materials that could replace materials we 
use, any interruption in our supply from any supplier that serves currently as our sole source could delay product shipments 
and adversely affect our financial performance and relationships with our customers.    

Our Newark, New York facility has the capacity to produce significant volumes of rechargeable batteries, as this 
operation  generally assembles battery packs and chargers and is limited only by physical space and is  not constrained  by 
manufacturing equipment capacity. 

The total carrying value of our Battery & Energy Products inventory, including raw materials, work in process and 

finished goods, amounted to approximately $19,343 as of December 31, 2011.   

Communications Systems 

In general, we believe that the raw materials and components utilized by us for our communications accessories and 
systems, including  RF amplifiers, power supplies, cables, repeaters and integration  kits, are available  from  many sources.  
Although  we  believe  that  alternative  sources  are  available  to  supply  materials  that  could  replace  materials  we  use,  any 
interruption  in  our  supply  from  any  supplier  that  serves  currently  as  our  sole  source  could  delay  product  shipments  and 
adversely affect our financial performance and relationships with our customers.    

Our  Hollywood,  Maryland  facility,  which  we  are  in  the  process  of  divesting,  has  the  capacity  to  produce 
communications accessories and systems.  This operation generally provides services, but can also assemble products and is 
limited only by physical space and is not constrained by manufacturing equipment capacity. 

Our Virginia Beach, Virginia facility has the capacity to produce communications accessories and systems.  This 
operation  generally  assembles  products  and  is  limited  only  by  physical  space  and  is  not  constrained  by  manufacturing 
equipment capacity. 

The total carrying value of our Communications Systems inventory, including raw materials, work in process and 

finished goods, amounted to approximately $15,624 as of December 31, 2011.   

Research and Development 

We  concentrate  significant  resources  on  research  and  development  activities  to  improve  upon  our  technological 
capabilities and to design new products for customers’ applications. We conduct our research and development in Newark, 
New  York,  Virginia  Beach,  Virginia,  West  Point,  Mississippi,  Tallahassee,  Florida  and  Shenzhen,  China.    During  2011, 
2010  and  2009  we  expended  approximately  $8,600,  $8,800  and  $9,500,  respectively,  on  research  and  development, 
including $3,200, $3,300 and $3,500, respectively, on customer sponsored research and development activities.  We expect 
that  research  and  development  expenditures  in  the  future  will  be  modestly  higher  than  those  in  2011,  as  new  product 
development initiatives will drive our growth.  As in the past, we will continue to make funding decisions for our research 
and development efforts based upon strategic demand for customer applications. 

Battery & Energy Products 

We continue to develop non-rechargeable cells and batteries that broaden our product offering to our customers.   

We continue to develop our rechargeable product portfolio, including batteries, cables and charging systems, as our 

customers’ needs for portable power continue to grow. 

The  U.S.  government  sponsors  research  and  development  programs  designed  to  improve  the  performance  and 

safety of existing battery systems and to develop new battery systems.  

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  work  to  receive  contracts  with  defense  contractors  and  commercial  customers.    For  example,  in  December 
2010,  we  announced  that  we  received  a  contract  from  a  major  international  defense  contractor  valued  at  approximately 
$5,500, for the development and supply of our suite of Land Warrior lithium non-rechargeable and rechargeable lithium ion 
batteries and charging systems, for use with the Land 200 Battle Management System by the Australian military.    

Communications Systems 

We continue to develop a variety of communications accessories and systems for the defense market to meet the 

ever-changing demands of our customers. 

Safety; Regulatory Matters; Environmental Considerations 

Certain of the materials utilized in our batteries may pose safety problems if improperly used. We have designed 

our batteries to minimize safety hazards both in manufacturing and use.  

The  transportation  of  non-rechargeable  and  rechargeable  lithium  batteries  is  regulated  in  the  U.S.  by  the 
Department of Transportation’s Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (“PHMSA”), and internationally by 
the  International  Civil  Aviation  Organization  (“ICAO”)  and  corresponding  International  Air  Transport  Association 
(“IATA”)  Dangerous  Goods  Regulations  and  the  International  Maritime  Dangerous  Goods  Code  (“IMDG”),  and  other 
country  specific  regulations.    These  regulations  are  based  on  the  United  Nations  Recommendations  on  the  Transport  of 
Dangerous Goods Model Regulations and the United Nations Manual of Tests and Criteria.  We currently ship our products 
pursuant to PHMSA, ICAO, IATA, IMDG and other country specific hazardous goods regulations.  The regulations require 
companies to meet certain testing, packaging, labeling, marking and shipping paper specifications for safety reasons.  We 
have not incurred, and do not expect to incur, any significant costs in order to comply with these regulations.  We believe 
we comply with all current U.S. and international regulations for the shipment of our products, and we intend and expect to 
comply with any new regulations that are imposed.  We have established our own testing facilities to ensure that we comply 
with these regulations.  If we are unable to comply with the new regulations, however, or if regulations are introduced that 
limit our or our customers’ ability to transport our products in a cost-effective manner, this could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.   

The European Union’s Restriction of Hazardous Substances (”RoHS”) Directive places restrictions on the use of 
certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. All applicable products sold in the European Union 
market  must  pass  RoHS  compliance.  While  this  directive  does  not  apply  to  batteries  and  does  not  currently  affect  our 
defense  products,  should  any  changes  occur  in  the  directive  that  would  affect  our  products,  we  intend  and  expect  to 
comply  with  any  new  regulations  that  are  imposed.    Our  commercial  chargers  are  in  compliance  with  this  directive.  
Additional European Union Directives, entitled the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) Directive and 
the Directive "on batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators", impose regulations affecting our non-
defense  products.  These  directives  require  that  producers  or  importers  of  particular  classes  of  electrical  goods  are 
financially  responsible  for  specified  collection,  recycling,  treatment  and  disposal  of  past  and  future  covered  products. 
These directives assign levels of responsibility to companies doing business in European Union markets based on their 
relative  market  share.  These  directives  call  on  each  European  Union  member  state  to  enact  enabling  legislation  to 
implement the directive. As additional European Union member states pass enabling legislation our compliance system 
should  be  sufficient  to  meet  such  requirements.  Our  current  estimated  costs  associated  with  our  compliance  with  these 
directives based on our current  market share are not  significant. However,  we continue  to evaluate the impact of these 
directives  as  European  Union  member  states  implement  guidance,  and  actual  costs  could  differ  from  our  current 
estimates.    

The European Union’s Battery Directive "on batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators" is 
intended to cover all types of batteries regardless of their shape, volume, weight, material composition or use.  It is aimed 
at reducing  mercury, cadmium, lead and other  metals in the environment by  minimizing the  use of these substances in 
batteries  and  by  treating  and  re-using  old  batteries.  The  Directive  applies  to  all  types  of  batteries  except  those  used  to 
protect  European  Member  States'  security,  for  military  purposes,  or  sent  into  space.    To  achieve  these  objectives,  the 
Directive prohibits the marketing of some batteries containing hazardous substances.  It establishes schemes aimed at high 
level  of  collection  and  recycling  of  batteries  with  quantified  collection  and  recycling  targets.    The  Directive  sets  out 
minimum rules for producer responsibility and provisions with regard to labeling of batteries and their removability from 
equipment.    Product  markings  are  required  for  batteries  and  accumulators  to  provide  information  on  capacity  and  to 
facilitate reuse and safe disposal.  We currently ship our products pursuant to the requirements of the Directive. 

China’s  “Management  Methods  for  Controlling  Pollution  Caused  by  Electronic  Information  Products 
Regulation”  (“China  RoHS”)  provides  a  two-step,  broad  regulatory  framework  including  similar  hazardous  substance 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
restrictions as are imposed by the European Union’s RoHS Directive, and applies to methods for the control and reduction 
of  pollution  and  other  public  hazards  to  the  environment  caused  during  the  production,  sale,  and  import  of  electronic 
information products (“EIP”) in China affecting a broad range of electronic products and parts.  Currently, only the first 
step  of  the  regulatory  framework  of  China  RoHS,  which  details  marking  and  labeling  requirements  under  Standard 
SJT11364-2006 (“Marking Standard”), is in effect.  However, the methods under China RoHS only apply to EIP placed 
in the marketplace in China.  Additionally, the Marking Standard does not apply to components sold to OEM’s for use in 
other EIPs.  Our sales in China are limited to sales to OEM’s and to distributors who supply to OEM’s.  Should our sales 
strategy change to include direct sales to end-users, our compliance system is sufficient to meet our requirements under 
China RoHS. Our current estimated costs associated with our compliance with this regulation based on our current market 
share  are  not  significant.  However,  we  continue  to  evaluate  the  impact  of  this  regulation,  and  actual  costs  could  differ 
from our current estimates. 

National, state and local laws impose various environmental controls on the manufacture, transportation, storage, 
use  and  disposal  of  batteries  and  of  certain  chemicals  used  in  the  manufacture  of  batteries.  Although  we  believe  that  our 
operations are in substantial compliance with current environmental regulations, there can be no assurance that changes in 
such laws and regulations will not impose costly compliance requirements on us or otherwise subject us to future liabilities. 
There can be no assurance that additional or modified regulations relating to the manufacture, transportation, storage, use and 
disposal of materials used to manufacture our batteries or restricting disposal of batteries will not be imposed or how these 
regulations will affect us or our customers, that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations.  In 2011, we spent approximately $421 on environmental controls, including costs to properly dispose 
of potentially hazardous waste.  

Since non-rechargeable and rechargeable lithium battery chemistries react adversely  with water and water vapor, 
certain  of  our  manufacturing  processes  must  be  performed  in  a  controlled  environment  with  low  relative  humidity.    Our 
Newark, New York, Abingdon, England and Shenzhen, China facilities contain dry rooms or glove box equipment, as well 
as specialized air-drying equipment.  

Battery & Energy Products 

Our non-rechargeable battery products incorporate lithium metal, which reacts with water and may cause fires if not 
handled properly.  In the past, we have experienced fires that have temporarily interrupted certain manufacturing operations.  
We  believe  that  we  have  adequate  fire  suppression  systems  and  insurance,  including  business  interruption  insurance,  to 
protect against the occurrence of fires and fire losses in our facilities.  

Our  9-volt  battery,  among  other  sizes,  is  designed  to  conform  to  the  dimensional  and  electrical  standards  of  the 
American  National  Standards  Institute,  and  the  9-volt  battery  and  a  range  of  3-volt  cells  are  recognized  under  the 
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Component Recognition Program.  

Communications Systems  

We  are  not  currently  aware  of  any  other  regulatory  requirements  regarding  the  disposal  of  communications 

accessories. 

Corporate 

Please refer to the description of the environmental remediation for our Newark, New York facility set forth in Item 

3, Legal Proceedings of this report.   

Competition 

Competition in both the battery and communications systems markets is, and is expected to remain, intense. The 
competition ranges from development stage companies to major domestic and international companies, many of which have 
financial,  technical,  marketing,  sales,  manufacturing,  distribution  and  other  resources  significantly  greater  than  ours.  We 
compete against companies producing batteries as well as those companies producing communications systems. We compete 
on  the  basis  of  design  flexibility,  performance,  reliability  and  customer  support.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our 
technologies  and  products  will  not  be  rendered  obsolete  by  developments  in  competing  technologies  or  services  that  are 
currently  under  development  or  that  may  be  developed  in  the  future  or  that  our  competitors  will  not  market  competing 
products and services that obtain market acceptance more rapidly than ours.  

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Historically, although other entities may attempt to take advantage of the growth of the battery market, the lithium 
battery cell industry has certain technological and economic barriers to entry.  The development of technology, equipment 
and  manufacturing techniques and the operation of a  facility for the automated production of lithium battery cells require 
large capital expenditures, which may deter new entrants from commencing production.  Through our experience in battery 
cell manufacturing, we have also developed expertise, which we believe would be difficult to reproduce without substantial 
time and expense in the non-rechargeable battery market.  

Employees 

As of December 31, 2011,  we employed a total of 975 permanent and temporary employees: 39 in research and 
development, 782 in production and 155 in sales and administration.  Of this total, 490 are employed in the U.S., 4 in Europe 
and 481 in Asia.  None of our employees are represented by a labor union. 

ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS 

Reductions in military spending could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

Currently,  a  significant  portion  of  our  revenues  is  comprised  of  sales  of  products  used  by  the  United  States 
military.  In the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, approximately 45%, 56%, and 66%, respectively, of our 
revenues  were  comprised  of  sales  made  directly  or  indirectly  to  the  United  States  military.    The  U.S.  military  market 
depends  significantly  upon  government  budget  trends,  particularly  the  U.S.  Department  of  Defense  (“DoD”)  budget.  
Future DoD budgets could be negatively impacted by several factors, including, but not limited to, a change in defense 
spending  policy  by  the  current  and  future  presidential  administrations  and  Congress,  the  U.S.  Government’s  budget 
deficits, spending priorities, the cost of sustaining the U.S. military presence in overseas operations and possible political 
pressure to reduce U.S. Government military spending, each of which could cause the DoD budget to decline.  Currently, 
Congress is proposing approximately $469,000,000 in defense spending cuts over the next ten years. A decline in U.S. 
military expenditures could result in a reduction in the military’s demand for our products, which could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

A significant portion of our revenues is derived from certain key customers. 

A significant portion of our revenues is derived from contracts with the U.S. and foreign militaries or OEMs that 
supply the U.S. and foreign militaries.  In the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, approximately 54%, 70%, 
and 72% respectively, of our revenues were comprised of sales made directly or indirectly to the U.S. and foreign militaries.  
During the year ended December 31, 2011, we had one major customer, Harris Corporation, which comprised 21% of our 
revenue.  During the year ended December 31, 2010, we had two major customers, DoD and Port Electronics Corp., which 
comprised  12%  and  11%  of  our  revenue,  respectively.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  we  had  two  major 
customers, DoD and Harris Corporation, which comprised 29% and 11% of our revenue, respectively.  There were no other 
customers that comprised greater than 10% of our total revenues during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.  
While  sales  to  these  customers  were  substantial  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011,  2010  and  2009,  we  do  not 
consider  these  customers  to  be  significant  credit  risks.    Government  decisions  regarding  military  deployment  and  budget 
allocations to fund military operations may have an impact on the demand for our products and services.  If the demand for 
products and services from the U.S. or foreign militaries were to decrease significantly, this could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.   

Our overall operating results are affected by many factors, including the timing of orders from our key customers 
and the timing of expenditures to manufacture parts and purchase inventory in anticipation of future orders of products 
and services.  Because we make significant sales to U.S. and foreign militaries or OEMS that supply the U.S. or foreign 
militaries, we are subject to the effects of delays in the government budget process and the decisions to deploy resources 
to support military purchases of our products.  The reduction, delay or cancellation of orders from one or more of our key 
customers  for  any  reason  or  the  loss  of  one  or  more  of  our  key  customers  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our 
business, operating results and financial condition.   For example, sales of our SATCOM systems declined from $30,900 
in 2010 to $7,500 in 2011 as military spending focus has been shifting from hardware towards soldier modernization.   

We neither distribute our products to a concentrated  geographical area nor is there a significant concentration of 
credit  risks  arising  from  individuals  or  groups  of  customers  engaged  in  similar  activities,  or  who  have  similar  economic 
characteristics.  We have no customers that comprised greater than 10% of our trade accounts receivables as of December 
31, 2011 and 2010.   

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We face risks related to general domestic and global economic conditions. 

In  general,  our  operating  results  can  be  significantly  affected  by  negative  economic  conditions,  high  labor, 
material  and  commodity  costs  and  unforeseen  changes  in  demand  for  our  products  and  services.    These  risks  are 
heightened as economic conditions globally have deteriorated significantly and may not fully recover to historical levels 
in the short-term.  The current economic conditions could continue to have a negative impact on demand for our products 
and services,  which  may  have a direct negative impact on our sales and profitability, as  well as our ability to generate 
sufficient internal cash flows or access credit at reasonable rates to meet future operating expenses, service debt and fund 
capital expenditures. 

A decline in demand for products or services using our batteries or communications systems could reduce demand for our 
products or services. 

A substantial portion of our business depends on the continued demand for products or services using our batteries 
and communications systems sold by our customers, including OEM’s.  Our success depends significantly upon the success 
of those customers’ products or services in the marketplace.  We are subject to many risks beyond our control that influence 
the success or failure of a particular product or service offered by a customer, including:  

competition faced by the customer in its particular industry,  

• 
•  market acceptance of the customer’s product or service,  
• 
• 

the engineering, sales, marketing and management capabilities of the customer,  
technical challenges unrelated to our technology or products faced by the customer in developing its products 
or services, and  
the financial and other resources of the customer. 

• 

For instance, in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 12%, 12% and 12% of our revenues, respectively, 
were comprised of sales of our 9-volt batteries, and of this, approximately 34%, 25% and 34%, respectively, pertained to 
sales to smoke alarm OEMs.  If the retail demand for long-life smoke alarms decreases significantly or if innovation leads to 
alternative sources of power for long-life smoke alarms, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Any impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, and other intangible assets, could negatively impact 
our results of operations.  

Our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are subject to an impairment test on an annual basis and are 
also  tested  whenever  events  and  circumstances  indicate  that  goodwill  and/or  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  may  be 
impaired.  Any excess goodwill and/or indefinite-lived intangible assets value resulting from the impairment test must be 
written off in the period of determination.  Intangible assets (other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) 
are generally amortized over the useful life of such assets.  In addition, from time to time, we may acquire or make an 
investment  in  a  business  which  will  require  us  to  record  goodwill  based  on  the  purchase  price  and  the  value  of  the 
acquired  tangible  and  intangible  assets.    We  may  subsequently  experience  unforeseen  issues  with  such  business  which 
adversely affect the anticipated returns of the business or value of the intangible assets and trigger an evaluation of the 
recoverability  of  the  recorded  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  for  such  business.    Future  determinations  of  significant 
write-offs  of  goodwill  or  intangible  assets  as  a  result  of  an  impairment  test  or  any  accelerated  amortization  of  other 
intangible assets could  have  a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition.   We are constantly 
reviewing the costs and the benefits of retiring several of our current brands, the retirement of which could result in a non-
cash impairment charge of the associated indefinite-lived intangible asset, reducing operating earnings by the associated 
amount or amounts on the balance sheet.  We have completed our annual impairment analysis for goodwill and indefinite-
lived intangible assets, in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, and have concluded that we do not have 
any impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2011.  However, due 
to the  narrow  margin of passing the Step 1 goodwill impairment testing  for 2011 in the RedBlack reporting unit, there is 
potential for a partial or full impairment of the goodwill value in 2012 if the projected operating results are not achieved or if 
we  cannot  sell  the  reporting  unit  for  at  least  its  carrying  value.    One  of  the  key  assumptions  for  achieving  the  projected 
operational results includes significant revenue  growth.   Although  we are projecting revenue growth,  we  have determined 
that  RedBlack  offers  limited  opportunities  to  achieve  the  operating  margin  thresholds  of  our  new  business  model.    As  of 
December  31,  2011,  the  RedBlack  reporting  unit  had  a  goodwill  carrying  value  of  $2,025.    For  2011,  we  identified  four 
trademarks for testing and, as a result of that testing, no impairment was indicated. However, due to the narrow margin of 
passing the testing in 2011, there is potential that the McDowell - Communications Systems trademark may become partially 

16 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
or  fully  impaired  in  2012  if  the  projected  revenue  targets  are  not  met.  As  of  December  31,  2011,  the  McDowell  - 
Communications Systems trademark had a carrying value of $2,400.  

Our acquisitions and business partnerships may not result in the revenue growth and profitability that we expect.   

We  have  integrated  our  acquisitions  into  our  business  and  assimilated  their  operations,  services,  products  and 
personnel with our management policies, procedures and strategies.  We can provide no assurances that we will achieve the 
revenue growth and profitability that we expect from these acquisitions. 

In 2007 we acquired RedBlack, Stationary Power and RPS, in 2008 we formed a joint venture in India and acquired 
USE, and in 2009 we acquired AMTI, which added new facilities and operations to our overall business.  Unfortunately the 
acquisitions of Stationary Power, RPS and USE (which we collectively refer to as “Energy Services”) did not achieve the 
revenue and profitability that we expected.  As a result, on March 8, 2011, our senior management, as authorized by our 
Board of Directors, decided to exit our Energy Services business.  In connection with our exit from our Energy Services 
businesses,  we  recorded  total  restructuring  charges  of  approximately  $2,924,  the  majority  of  which  are  related  to 
employee-related costs, including termination benefits, of approximately $703, lease termination costs of approximately 
$250, inventory and fixed asset write-downs of approximately $941 and approximately $1,030 of other associated costs.  
The  cash  component  of  the  aggregate  charge  was  approximately  $1,984.    Subsequent  to  the  completion  of  our  exit 
activities,  adjustments  have  been  made  to  estimates  of  certain  reserves  and  accruals  that  existed  at  that  time.    The 
adjustments amount to $94 and were due to the difference in our actual experience compared to our expectations as of the 
completion of our exit activities.   

On February 15, 2012, our senior management, as authorized by our Board of Directors, decided to divest our 
RedBlack  Communications  business.      As  a  result  of  management’s  ongoing  review  of  our  business  portfolio, 
management had determined that RedBlack offers limited opportunities to achieve the operating margin thresholds of our 
new  business  model  and  decided  to  refocus  our  operations  on  profitable  growth  opportunities  presented  in  the  other 
product lines that comprise our business segments, Battery & Energy Products and Communication Systems.  Since 2008, 
our RedBlack Communications business has incurred significant operating losses.  We are seeking to sell our RedBlack 
business as a going concern and will be engaging appropriate professionals to assist in that effort.  We anticipate that the 
actions taken to divest the RedBlack Communications business will result in the elimination of approximately 30 jobs and 
the  transfer  of  the  RedBlack  facility  located  in  Hollywood,  Maryland  in  connection  with  the  divestiture.    We  cannot 
predict at this time when the closing of any divestiture transaction will occur.  Commencing with the first quarter of 2012 
and  concluding  with  the  ultimate  closing  of  the  transaction,  the  results  of  RedBlack  operations  and  related  divestiture 
costs will be reported as a discontinued operation.  We cannot at this time determine an estimate or a range of estimates of 
the extent of the restructuring charges we will incur in connection with the RedBlack divestiture. 

Our operations in China are subject to unique risks and uncertainties.   

Our  operating  facility  in  China  presents  risks  including,  but  not  limited  to,  changes  in  local  regulatory 
requirements, including changes in labor laws, local wage laws, environmental regulations, taxes and operating licenses, 
compliance with U.S. regulatory requirements, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, uncertainties as to local laws 
and  enforcement  of  contract  and  intellectual  property  rights,  currency  restrictions,  currency  exchange  controls, 
fluctuations of currency, and  currency revaluations, civil unrest, power outages,  water shortages,  labor shortages, labor 
disputes, increase in labor costs, rapid changes in government, economic and political policies, political or civil unrest, 
acts  of  terrorism,  or  the  threat  of  boycotts,  and  other  civil  disturbances  that  are  outside  of  our  control.    Any  such 
disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  In the first 
half of 2012, we anticipate that we will complete the transition of 9-volt production from the U.S. to China.  While we do not 
foresee  any  potential  disruption  to  the  manufacturing  of  this  product,  unexpected  circumstances  could  arise,  which  may 
negatively impact our production.  We believe we have minimized start-up risks and do not anticipate any production delays 
going forward as a result of the transition. 

 We  are  subject  to  the  contract  rules  and  procedures  of  the  U.S.  and  foreign  governments.    These  rules  and  procedures 
create significant risks and uncertainties for us that are not usually present in contracts with private parties. 

We will continue to develop battery products, communications systems and services to meet the needs of the U.S. 
and foreign governments.  We compete in solicitations for awards of contracts.  The receipt of an award, however, does not 
always result in the immediate release of an order and does not guarantee in any way any given volume of orders.  Any delay 
of solicitations or anticipated purchase orders by, or future failure of, the U.S. or foreign governments to purchase products 
manufactured  by  us  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  
Additionally, in these scenarios we are typically required to successfully meet contractual specifications and to pass various 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
qualification-testing for the products under contract.  Our inability to pass these tests in a timely fashion, as  well as  meet 
delivery  schedules  for  orders  released  under  contract,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations.   

When a government contract is awarded, there is a government procedure that permits unsuccessful companies to 
formally protest such award if they believe they were unjustly treated in the evaluation process.  As a result of these protests, 
the government is precluded from proceeding under these contracts until the protests are resolved.  A prolonged delay in the 
resolution of a protest, or a reversal of an award resulting from such a protest could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The U.S. and foreign governments can audit our contracts with their respective defense and government agencies and, under 
certain circumstances, can adjust the economic terms of those contracts. 

A  significant  portion  of  our  business  comes  from  sales  of  products  and  services  to  the  U.S.  and  foreign 
governments through various contracts.  These contracts are subject to procurement laws and regulations that lay out policies 
and procedures for acquiring goods and services.  The regulations also contain guidelines for managing contracts after they 
are  awarded,  including  conditions  under  which  contracts  may  be  terminated,  in  whole  or  in  part,  at  the  government’s 
convenience  or  for  default.    Failure  to  comply  with  the  procurement  laws  or  regulations  can  result  in  civil,  criminal  or 
administrative proceedings involving fines, penalties, suspension of payments, or suspension or disbarment from government 
contracting or subcontracting for a period of time. 

We had certain “exigent”, non-bid contracts with the U.S. government, which were subject to audit and final price 
adjustment,  which resulted  in  decreased  margins compared  with the original terms of the  contracts.   As of  December 31, 
2011,  there  were  no  outstanding  exigent  contracts  with  the  U.S.  government.    As  part  of  its  due  diligence,  the  U.S. 
government has conducted post-audits of the completed exigent contracts to ensure that information used in supporting the 
pricing of exigent contracts did not differ materially from actual results.  In September 2005, the Defense Contracting Audit 
Agency (“DCAA”) presented its findings related to the audits of three of the exigent contracts, suggesting a potential pricing 
adjustment of approximately $1,400 related to reductions in the cost of materials that occurred prior to the final negotiation 
of these contracts.  In addition, in June 2007, we received a request from the Office of Inspector General of the Department 
of Defense (“DoD IG”) seeking certain information and documents relating to our business with the Department of Defense.  
We cooperated with the DCAA audit and DoD IG inquiry by making available to government auditors and investigators 
our  personnel  and  furnishing  the  requested  information  and  documents.    The  DCAA  Audit  and  DoD  IG  inquiry  were 
consolidated  and  the  U.S.  Attorney’s  Office  represented  the  government  in  connection  with  these  matters.    Under 
applicable federal law, we may have been subject up to treble damages and penalties associated with the potential pricing 
adjustment.  To resolve these matters, we entered into a settlement agreement with the United States of America and under 
such agreement agreed to pay the U.S. government $2,730 plus accrued interest in four semi-annual payments.  

Our growth and expansion strategy could strain or overwhelm our resources.  

Rapid growth of our business could significantly strain management, operations and technical resources.  If we are 
successful in obtaining rapid market growth of our products and services, we  will be required to deliver large volumes of 
quality products and increased levels of services to customers on a timely basis at a reasonable cost to those customers.  For 
example,  demand  for  our  new  or  existing  products  combined  with  our  ability  to  penetrate  new  markets  and  geographies, 
could  strain  the  current  capacity  capabilities  of  our  manufacturing  facilities  and  require  additional  equipment  and  time  to 
build  a  sufficient  support  infrastructure.    This  demand  could  also  create  working  capital  issues  for  us,  as  we  may  need 
increased liquidity to fund purchases of raw materials and supplies.  We cannot assure, however, that our business will grow 
rapidly or that our efforts to expand manufacturing and quality control activities will be successful or that we will be able to 
satisfy commercial scale production requirements on a timely and cost-effective basis.   

We also will be required to continue to improve our operations, management and financial systems and controls in 
order to remain competitive.  The failure to manage growth and expansion effectively could have an adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, and results of operations.   

The  loss  of  top  management  and  key  personnel  could  significantly  harm  our  business,  and  the  ability  to  put  in  place  a 
succession plan and recruit experienced, competent management is critical to the success of the business.   

The loss of top management and key personnel could significantly harm our business, and the ability to put in place 
a succession plan and recruit experienced, competent management is critical to the success of our business.  The continuity 
of our officers and executive team are vital to the successful implementation of a new business model and growth strategy 
designed to deliver sustainable, consistent profitability.  This need is accentuated by the reduction in management to rightsize 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the  business  during  the  course  of  2011.   A  top  management  priority  has  been  the  development  of  a  succession  plan  to 
mitigate the risks associated with the loss of senior executives. There is no guarantee that we will be successful in our efforts 
to effectively implement our succession plan. 

Because of the specialized, technical nature of our business, we are highly dependent on certain members of our 
management, sales, engineering and technical staffs.  The loss of these employees could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations.  Our ability to effectively pursue our business strategy will depend 
upon,  among  other  factors,  the  successful  retention  of  our  key  personnel,  recruitment  of  additional  highly  skilled  and 
experienced managerial, sales, engineering and technical personnel, and the integration of such personnel obtained through 
business acquisitions.  We cannot assure that we will be able to retain or recruit this type of personnel.  An inability to hire 
sufficient numbers of people or to find people with the desired skills could result in greater demands being placed on limited 
management  resources  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. 

Our efforts to develop new commercial applications for our products could fail. 

Although  we are involved with developing certain products for new commercial applications, we cannot provide 
assurance that acceptance of our products will occur due to the highly competitive nature of the business.  There are many 
new product and technology entrants into the marketplace, and we must continually reassess the market segments in which 
our products can be successful and seek to engage customers in these segments that will adopt our products for use in their 
products.    In  addition,  these  companies  must  be  successful  with  their  products  in  their  markets  for  us  to  gain  increased 
business.    Increased  competition,  failure  to  gain  customer  acceptance  of  products,  the  introduction  of  competitive 
technologies or failure of our customers in their markets could have a further adverse effect on our business.   

We may incur significant costs because of the warranties we supply with our products and services. 

With respect to our battery products, we typically offer warranties against any defects due to product malfunction or 
workmanship for a period up to one year from the date of purchase.  With respect to our communications systems products, 
we now offer up to a three-year warranty.  Previously, we had offered up to a four-year warranty.  We provide for a reserve 
for these potential warranty expenses, which is based on an analysis of historical warranty issues.  There is no assurance that 
future warranty claims will be consistent with past history, and in the event we experience a significant increase in warranty 
claims, there is no assurance that our reserves will be sufficient.  This could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.   

We  are  subject  to  certain  safety  risks,  including  the  risk  of  fire,  inherent  in  the  manufacture,  use  and  transportation  of 
lithium batteries. 

Due to the high energy inherent in lithium batteries, our lithium batteries can pose certain safety risks, including the 
risk  of  fire.    We  incorporate  procedures  in  research,  development,  product  design,  manufacturing  processes  and  the 
transportation  of  lithium  batteries  that  are  intended  to  minimize  safety  risks,  but  we  cannot  assure  that  accidents  will  not 
occur or that our products will not be subject to recall for safety concerns.  Although we currently carry insurance policies 
which  cover  loss  of  the  plant  and  machinery,  leasehold  improvements,  inventory  and  business  interruption,  any  accident, 
whether at the manufacturing facilities or from the use of the products, may result in significant production delays or claims 
for  damages  resulting  from  injuries.    While  we  maintain  what  we  believe  to  be  sufficient  casualty  liability  coverage  to 
protect  against  such  occurrences,  these  types  of  losses  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operation. 

We may incur significant costs because of known and unknown environmental matters. 

National, state and local laws impose various environmental controls on the manufacture, transportation, storage, 
use and disposal of batteries and of certain chemicals used in the manufacture of batteries.  Although we believe that our 
operations are in substantial compliance with current environmental regulations and that, except as noted below, there are no 
environmental conditions that will require material expenditures for clean-up at our present or former facilities or at facilities 
to  which  we  have  sent  waste  for  disposal,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  changes  in  such  laws  and  regulations  will  not 
impose costly compliance requirements on us or otherwise subject us to future liabilities.  There can be no assurance that 
additional or modified regulations relating to the manufacture, transportation, storage, use and disposal of materials used to 
manufacture our batteries or restricting disposal of batteries will not be imposed or how these regulations will affect us or our 
customers.  Such changes in regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The European Union’s Restriction of Hazardous Substances (”RoHS”) Directive places restrictions on the use of 
certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. All applicable products sold in the European Union 
market  after  July  1,  2006  must  pass  RoHS  compliance.  While  this  directive  does  not  apply  to  batteries  and  does  not 
currently affect our defense products, should any changes occur in the directive that would affect our products, we intend 
and  expect  to  comply  with  any  new  regulations  that  are  imposed.   Our  commercial  chargers  are  in  compliance  with  this 
directive.   Additional  European  Union  Directives,  entitled  the  Waste  Electrical  and  Electronic  Equipment  (“WEEE”) 
Directive  and  the  Directive  "on  batteries  and  accumulators  and  waste  batteries  and  accumulators",  impose  regulations 
affecting our non-defense products. These directives require that producers or importers of particular classes of electrical 
goods  are  financially  responsible  for  specified  collection,  recycling,  treatment  and  disposal  of  past  and  future  covered 
products. These directives assign levels of responsibility to companies doing business in European Union markets based 
on their relative market share. These directives call on each European Union member state to enact enabling legislation to 
implement the directive. As additional European Union member states pass enabling legislation our compliance system 
should  be  sufficient  to  meet  such  requirements.  Our  current  estimated  costs  associated  with  our  compliance  with  these 
directives based on our current  market share are not  significant. However,  we continue  to evaluate the impact of these 
directives  as  European  Union  member  states  implement  guidance,  and  actual  costs  could  differ  from  our  current 
estimates.    

The European Union’s Battery Directive "on batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators" is 
intended to cover all types of batteries regardless of their shape, volume, weight, material composition or use.  It is aimed 
at reducing  mercury, cadmium, lead and other  metals in the environment by  minimizing the  use of these substances in 
batteries  and  by  treating  and  re-using  old  batteries.  The  Directive  applies  to  all  types  of  batteries  except  those  used  to 
protect  European  Member  States'  security,  for  military  purposes,  or  sent  into  space.   To  achieve  these  objectives,  the 
Directive prohibits the marketing of some batteries containing hazardous substances.  It establishes schemes aimed at high 
level  of  collection  and  recycling  of  batteries  with  quantified  collection  and  recycling  targets.   The  Directive  sets  out 
minimum rules for producer responsibility and provisions with regard to labeling of batteries and their removability from 
equipment.   Product  markings  are  required  for  batteries  and  accumulators  to  provide  information  on  capacity  and  to 
facilitate reuse and safe disposal.  We currently ship our products pursuant to the requirements of the Directive. 

China’s  “Management  Methods  for  Controlling  Pollution  Caused  by  Electronic  Information  Products 
Regulation”  (“China  RoHS”)  provides  a  two-step,  broad  regulatory  framework,  including  similar  hazardous  substance 
restrictions as are imposed by the European Union’s RoHS Directive, and applies to methods for the control and reduction 
of  pollution  and  other  public  hazards  to  the  environment  caused  during  the  production,  sale,  and  import  of  electronic 
information products (“EIP”) in China affecting a broad range of electronic products and parts.  Currently, only the first 
step  of  the  regulatory  framework  of  China  RoHS,  which  details  marking  and  labeling  requirements  under  Standard 
SJT11364-2006 (“Marking Standard”), is in effect.  However, the methods under China RoHS only apply to EIP placed 
in the marketplace in China.  Additionally, the Marking Standard does not apply to components sold to OEMs for use in 
other EIPs.  Our sales in China are limited to sales to OEMs and to distributors who supply to OEMs.  Should our sales 
strategy change to include direct sales to end-users, our compliance system is sufficient to meet our requirements under 
China  RoHS.    Our  current  estimated  costs  associated  with  our  compliance  with  this  regulation  based  on  our  current 
market share are not significant.  However, we continue to evaluate the impact of this regulation, and actual costs could 
differ from our current estimates. 

A  number  of  domestic  and  international  communities  are  prohibiting  the  landfill  disposal  of  batteries  and 
requiring  companies  to  make  provisions  for  product  recycling.   Of  particular  note  are  the  European  Union’s  Batteries 
Directive  and  the  New  York  State  Rechargeable  Battery  Recycling  law.    We  are  committed  to  responsible  product 
stewardship  and  ongoing  compliance  with  these  and  future  regulations.   The  compliance  costs  associated  with  current 
recycling regulations are not expected to be significant at this time.  However, we continue to evaluate the impact of this 
regulation, and actual costs could differ from our current estimates. 

Any inability to comply with changes to the regulations for the shipment of our products could limit our ability to transport 
our products to customers in a cost-effective manner.   

The transportation of lithium batteries is regulated by the International Civil Aviation Organization (“ICAO”) and 
corresponding  International  Air  Transport  Association  (“IATA”)  Dangerous  Goods  Regulations  and  the  International 
Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (“IMDG”) and in the U.S. by the Department of Transportation’s Pipeline and Hazardous 
Materials Safety Administration (“PHMSA”).  These regulations are based on the United Nations Recommendations on the 
Transport of Dangerous Goods Model Regulations and the United Nations Manual of Tests and Criteria.  We currently ship 
our  products  pursuant  to  ICAO,  IATA  and  PHMSA  hazardous  goods  regulations.    The  regulations  require  companies  to 
meet certain testing, packaging, labeling and shipping specifications for safety reasons.  We have not incurred, and do not 
expect to incur, any significant costs in order to comply  with these regulations.  We believe we comply with all current 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S.  and  international  regulations  for  the  shipment  of  our  products,  and  we  intend  and  expect  to  comply  with  any  new 
regulations that are imposed.  We have established our own testing facilities to ensure that we comply with these regulations.  
If  we  are  unable  to  comply  with  the  new  regulations,  however,  or  if  regulations  are  introduced  that  limit  our  ability  to 
transport our products to  customers in  a cost-effective  manner,  this could  have a  material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.   

Our customers may not meet the volume requirements in our supply agreements. 

We sell most of our products and services through supply agreements and contracts.  While supply agreements and 
contracts contain volume-based pricing based on expected volumes, industry practices dictate that pricing is rarely adjusted 
retroactively  when  contract  volumes  are  not  achieved.    Every  effort  is  made  to  adjust  future  prices  accordingly,  but  our 
ability to adjust prices is generally based on market conditions. 

Our supply of raw materials and components could be disrupted. 

Certain  materials  and  components  used  in  our  products  are  available  only  from  a  single  or  a  limited  number  of 
suppliers.  As  such,  some  materials  and  components  could  become  in  short  supply  resulting  in  limited  availability  and/or 
increased  costs.  Additionally,  we  may  elect  to  develop  relationships  with  a  single  or  limited  number  of  suppliers  for 
materials and components that are otherwise generally available.  Due to our involvement with supplying defense products to 
the government, we could receive a government preference to continue to obtain critical supplies to meet military production 
needs.  However, if the government did not provide us with a government preference in such circumstances, the difficulty in 
obtaining  supplies  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations. 
Although we believe that alternative suppliers are available to supply materials and components that could replace materials 
and  components  currently  used  and  that,  if  necessary,  we  would  be  able  to  redesign  our  products  to  make  use  of  such 
alternatives, any interruption in the supply from any supplier that serves as a sole source could delay product shipments and 
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.    We  have  experienced 
interruptions of product deliveries by sole source suppliers in the past, and we cannot guarantee that we will not experience a 
material interruption of product deliveries from sole source suppliers in the future.  Additionally, we could face increasing 
pricing pressure from our suppliers dependent upon volume due to rising costs by these suppliers that could be passed on to 
us in higher prices for our raw materials, which could have a material effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations.   

Any  inability  to  protect  our  proprietary  and  intellectual  property  could  allow  our  competitors  and  others  to  produce 
competing products based on our proprietary and intellectual property. 

Our success depends more on the knowledge, ability, experience and technological expertise of our employees than 
on  the  legal  protection  of  patents  and  other  proprietary  rights.    We  claim  proprietary  rights  in  various  unpatented 
technologies,  know-how,  trade  secrets  and  trademarks  relating  to  products  and  manufacturing  processes.    We  cannot 
guarantee  the  degree  of  protection  these  various  claims  may  or  will  afford,  or  that  competitors  will  not  independently 
develop or patent technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology.  We protect our proprietary 
rights  in  our  products  and  operations  through  contractual  obligations,  including  nondisclosure  agreements  with  certain 
employees,  customers, consultants  and strategic partners.   There can be  no assurance as to the degree of protection these 
contractual measures may or will afford.  We have had patents issued and have patent applications pending in the U.S. and 
elsewhere.  We cannot assure (1) that patents will be issued from any pending applications, or that the claims allowed under 
any  patents  will  be  sufficiently  broad  to  protect  our  technology,  (2)  that  any  patents  issued  to  us  will  not  be  challenged, 
invalidated or circumvented, or (3) as to the degree or adequacy of protection any patents or patent applications may or will 
afford.  If we are found to be infringing third party patents, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain licenses 
with  respect  to  such  patents  on  acceptable  terms,  if  at  all.    The  failure  to  obtain  necessary  licenses  could  delay  product 
shipments  or  the  introduction  of  new  products,  and  costly  attempts  to  design  around  such  patents  could  foreclose  the 
development, manufacture or sale of products. 

Over the  last several  years  Arista Power, Inc. (“Arista”) has  hired a  member of our  senior  management team, 
several members of our sales and engineering teams and other of our employees.  Many of these employees had access to 
our proprietary property such as our technology and know-how and took such knowledge with them.  During the summer 
of 2011, Arista recruited David Modeen, a former senior sales and engineering employee, in violation of his Employee 
Confidentiality,  Non-Disclosure,  Non-Compete,  Non-Disparagement  and  Assignment  Agreement  (the  “Non-Compete 
Agreement”) with us.  We believe that Mr. Modeen has provided certain of our trade secrets and confidential proprietary 
information to Arista.  Such disclosure could result in loss of sales and customers.  On September 23, 2011, we initiated 
an action against Arista and Mr. Modeen, in the State of New York Supreme Court, County of Wayne seeking to enforce 
the terms of the Non-Compete Agreement.  Arista responded by filing a complaint against us in the State of New York 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supreme Court, County of Monroe.  Both of these lawsuits are currently outstanding.  There can be no assurances that our 
lawsuit against Arista will be successful or, even if successful, that any remedy will make us whole for the damage caused 
by Mr. Modeen’s breach of our Non-Compete Agreement. 

Our products could become obsolete.  

The  market  for  our  products  is  characterized  by  changing  technology  and  evolving  industry  standards,  often 
resulting in product obsolescence or short product lifecycles.  Although we believe that our products are comprised of state-
of-the-art technology, there can be no assurance that competitors will not develop technologies or products that would render 
our technologies and products obsolete or less marketable. 

Many of the companies with which we compete have substantially greater resources than we do, and some have the 
capacity and volume of business to be able to produce their products more efficiently than we can at the present time.  In 
addition,  these companies are  developing or have developed products  using a  variety of technologies that are expected to 
compete  with  our  technologies.    If  these  companies  successfully  market  their  products  in  a  manner  that  renders  our 
technologies obsolete, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We may not generate a sufficient amount of cash or generate sufficient funds from operations to fund our operations. 

Our  ability  to  draw  funds  and  make  payments  on  our  asset-based  credit  facility  will  depend  on  our  ability  to 
consistently  generate  cash  flow  from  operations  in  the  future.    This  ability,  to  a  certain  extent,  is  subject  to  general 
economic,  financial,  competitive,  regulatory  and  other  factors  beyond  our  control.   There  can  be  no  assurance  that  our 
business will generate cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in amounts sufficient to 
enable us to fund our liquidity needs or to repay our indebtedness. 

We may not be able to achieve the covenants as set forth in our asset based lending facility with RBS Capital. 

Our ability to successfully meet the covenants as set forth in our lending facility will depend on our generation of 
EBITDA  from  each  of  our  domestic  legal  entities  in  line  with  our  projections.    Our  lending  facility  includes  a  fixed 
charge  ratio  which  we  must  achieve  on  a  quarterly  basis  to  avoid  default.    The  existence  of  an  event  of  default  would 
significantly impact our ability to draw funds from our credit facility, which could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations.  There can be no assurances that we will generate sufficient cash 
flow  from  operations  to  ensure  compliance  with  the  covenants  of  our  lending  facility.    In  the  event  of  a  default,  our 
interest rate will increase by 200 basis points during the default period. 

We are subject to foreign currency fluctuations. 

We  maintain  manufacturing  operations  in  North  America,  Europe  and  Asia,  and  we  export  products  to  various 
countries.  We purchase materials and sell our products in foreign currencies, and therefore currency fluctuations may impact 
our  pricing  of  products  sold  and  materials  purchased.    In  addition,  our  foreign  subsidiaries  maintain  their  books  in  local 
currency,  and  the  translation  of  those  subsidiary  financial  statements  into  U.S.  dollars  for  our  consolidated  financial 
statements could have an adverse effect on our consolidated financial results, due to changes in local currency relative to the 
U.S. dollar.  Accordingly, currency fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations.   

Our ability to use our Net Operating Loss Carryforwards in the future may be limited, which could have an adverse impact 
on our tax liabilities.  

At December 31, 2011, we had approximately $57,977 of net operating loss carryforwards (“NOL’s”) available to 
offset  future  taxable  income.    We  continually  assess  the  carrying  value  of  this  asset  based  on  the  relevant  accounting 
standards.  As of December 31, 2011, we reflected a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax asset to the extent the 
asset is  not able  to be offset by  future reversing temporary  differences.   As a result,  we  have reflected a  net deferred tax 
liability of $3,976 in the U.S.  We have reflected a net deferred tax asset of $-0- in the U. K. due to our current assessment 
that it is more likely than not to not be realized.  As we continue to assess the realizability of our deferred tax assets, the 
amount  of  the  valuation  allowance  could  be  reduced.    In  addition,  certain  of  our  NOL  carryforwards  are  subject  to  U.S. 
alternative minimum tax such that carryforwards can offset only 90% of alternative minimum taxable income.  Achieving 
our business plan targets, particularly those relating to revenue and profitability, is integral to our assessment regarding the 
recoverability of our net deferred tax asset.     

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 We have determined that a change in ownership, as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, occurred in 
2005 and 2006.  As such, our domestic NOL carryforward will be subject to an annual limitation estimated to be in the range 
of approximately $12,000 to $14,500. This limitation did not have an impact on income taxes determined for 2011. Such a 
limitation could result in the possibility of a cash outlay for income taxes in a future year when earnings exceed the amount 
of NOL carryforwards that can be used by us.  The use of our U.K. NOL carryforwards may be limited due to the change 
in  the  U.K.  operation  during  2008  from  a  manufacturing  and  assembly  center  to  primarily  a  distribution  and  service 
center. 

Our quarterly and annual results and the price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly. 

Our  future  operating  results  may  vary  significantly  from  quarter  to  quarter  and  from  year  to  year  depending  on 
factors  such  as  the  timing  and  shipment  of  significant  orders,  new  product  introductions,  delays  in  customer  releases  of 
purchase orders, delays in receiving raw materials from vendors, the mix of distribution channels through which we sell our 
products and services and general economic conditions.  Frequently, a substantial portion of our revenue in each quarter is 
generated from orders booked and fulfilled during that quarter.  As a result, revenue levels are difficult to predict for each 
quarter.  If revenue results are below expectations, operating results will be adversely affected as we have a sizeable base of 
fixed overhead costs that do not fluctuate much with the changes in revenue.  Due to such variances in operating results, we 
have sometimes failed to meet, and in the future may not meet, market expectations or even our own guidance regarding our 
future operating results. 

In addition to the uncertainties of quarterly and annual operating results, future announcements concerning us or our 
competitors,  including  technological  innovations  or  commercial  products,  litigation  or  public  concerns  as  to  the  safety  or 
commercial value of one or more of our products may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially 
for reasons which may be unrelated to our operating results.  These fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and 
market conditions, may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.   

The  re-payment  of  the  debt  outstanding  under  our  credit  facility  and  the  vesting  of  options  under  certain  of  our  equity 
compensation plans may both be accelerated by the triggering of a “change in control” as defined in our credit facility and 
Long-Term Incentive Plan. 

Our largest single shareholder is Mr. Bradford T. Whitmore, who beneficially owns, including shares held by Grace 
Brothers,  Ltd.,  29.5%  of  our  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock.    Mr.  Whitmore,  general  partner  of  Grace 
Brothers, Ltd., is our Chair of the Board of Directors.  If Mr. Whitmore or any other beneficial owner were to increase its 
ownership to more than 30%, it would be deemed a “change in control” for purposes of our 2004 Amended and Restated 
Long Term Incentive Plan, or LTIP.  If a “change in control” were to occur, the vesting of most of the outstanding options 
granted  under our  LTIP  would be accelerated resulting in a significant expense being charged against our income  for the 
period during which the “change in control” occurred.  An increase in ownership to 49% or more by any beneficial owner 
with 5% ownership as of February 17, 2010, or to 30% by any new owner, or any owner with less than 5% ownership as of 
February 17, 2010, would result in a default under our new credit facility with RBS Capital.   Either of these events could 
have a material, adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our business could be negatively impacted by breaches in security and other disruptions, affecting our ability to generate 
revenues or contain costs. 

We face certain security threats, including threats to our information technology infrastructure, attempts to gain 
access to our proprietary or classified information, and threats to physical security.  Although we have developed systems 
and processes that are designed to protect our proprietary or classified information, failure to prevent these types of events 
could  disrupt  our  operations,  require  significant  management  attention  and  resources,  and  could  negatively  impact  our 
reputation among our customers and the public, which could have a negative impact on our financial condition, results of 
operations and liquidity. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

As of December 31, 2011, we own two buildings in Newark, New York comprising approximately 250,000 square 
feet, which serves operations primarily in the Battery & Energy Products operating segment.  Our corporate headquarters are 
located  in  our  Newark,  New  York  facility.    In  addition,  we  lease  approximately  35,000  square  feet  in  a  facility  based  in 
Abingdon,  England,  which  serves  operations  primarily  in  the  Battery  &  Energy  Products  operating  segment,  and 
approximately 130,000 square feet in four buildings on one campus in Shenzhen, China, which serves operations primarily 
in the Battery & Energy Products operating segment.  The Shenzhen, China campus location includes dormitory facilities.  
We lease approximately 32,500 square feet in a facility based in Virginia Beach, Virginia, which serves operations primarily 
in the Communications Systems operating segment.  We also lease sales and administrative offices, as well as manufacturing 
and  production  facilities,  in  Hollywood,  Maryland,  which  serves  operations  primarily  in  the  Communications  Systems 
operating segment, and India, which serves operations primarily in the Battery & Energy Products operating segment.  Our 
Hollywood, Maryland facility is part of our RedBlack operations and we are seeking to divest this facility.  Our research and 
development efforts for our Battery & Energy Products are conducted at our Newark, New York, West Point, Mississippi 
and Shenzhen, China facilities, while our research and development efforts for our Communications Systems products are 
conducted in Tallahassee, Florida and at our facility in Virginia Beach, Virginia.   On occasion, we rent additional warehouse 
space  to  store  inventory  and  non-operational  equipment.    We  believe  that  our  facilities  are  adequate  and  suitable  for  our 
current needs. However, we may require additional manufacturing and administrative space if demand for our products and 
services continues to grow.   

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

 We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business.   We believe that the 
final disposition of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows. 

Environmental Matter 

In conjunction with our purchase/lease of our Newark, New York facility in 1998, we entered into a payment-in-
lieu of tax agreement, which provided us with real estate tax concessions upon meeting certain conditions.  In connection 
with  this  agreement,  a  consulting  firm  performed  a  Phase  I  and  II  Environmental  Site  Assessment,  which  revealed  the 
existence of contaminated soil and ground water around one of the buildings.  We retained an engineering firm, which 
estimated that the cost of remediation should be in the range of $230.  In February 1998, we entered into an agreement 
with a third party, which provides that we and this third party will retain an environmental consulting firm to conduct a 
supplemental  Phase  II  investigation  to  verify  the  existence  of  the  contaminants  and  further  delineate  the  nature  of  the 
environmental  concern.    The  third  party  agreed  to  reimburse  us  for  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  the  cost  of  correcting  the 
environmental concern on the Newark property.  We have fully reserved for our portion of the estimated liability.  Test 
sampling  was  completed  in  the  spring  of  2001,  and  the  engineering  report  was  submitted  to  the  New  York  State 
Department of Environmental Conservation (“NYSDEC”) for review.  The NYSDEC reviewed the report and, in January 
2002, recommended additional testing.  We responded by submitting a work plan to the NYSDEC, which was approved 
in April 2002.  We sought proposals from engineering firms to complete the remedial work contained in the work plan.  A 
firm was selected to undertake the remediation and in December 2003 the remediation was completed, and was overseen 
by  the  NYSDEC.  The  report  detailing  the  remediation  project,  which  included  the  test  results,  was  forwarded  to  the 
NYSDEC  and  to  the  New  York  State  Department  of  Health  (“NYSDOH”).    The  NYSDEC,  with  input  from  the 
NYSDOH, requested that we perform additional sampling.  A work plan for this portion of the project was written and 
delivered to the NYSDEC and approved.  In November 2005, additional soil, sediment and surface water samples were 
taken from the area outlined in the work plan, as well as groundwater samples from the monitoring wells.  We received 
the  laboratory  analysis  and  met  with  the  NYSDEC  in  March  2006  to  discuss  the  results.    On  June  30,  2006,  the  Final 
Investigation Report was delivered to the NYSDEC by our outside environmental consulting firm.  In November 2006, 
the  NYSDEC  completed  its  review  of  the  Final  Investigation  Report  and  requested  additional  groundwater,  soil  and 
sediment sampling.  A work plan to address the additional investigation was submitted to the NYSDEC in January 2007 
and was approved in April 2007.  Additional investigation work was performed in May 2007.  A preliminary report of 
results was prepared by our outside environmental consulting firm in August 2007 and a meeting with the NYSDEC and 
NYSDOH took place in September 2007.  As a result of this meeting, the NYSDEC and NYSDOH requested additional 
investigation work.  A work plan to address this additional investigation was submitted to and approved by the NYSDEC 
in November 2007.  Additional investigation work was performed in December 2007.  Our environmental consulting firm 
prepared  and  submitted  a  Final  Investigation  Report  in  January  2009  to  the  NYSDEC  for  review.    The  NYSDEC 
reviewed and approved the Final Investigation Report in June 2009 and requested the development of a Remedial Action 
Plan.    Our  environmental  consulting  firm  developed  and  submitted  the  requested  plan  for  review  and  approval  by  the 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NYSDEC.  In October 2009, we received comments back  from the NYSDEC regarding  the content of the remediation 
work plan.  Our environmental consulting firm incorporated the requested changes and submitted a revised work plan to 
the NYSDEC in January 2010 for review and approval.  Upon approval from the NYSDEC, environmental remediation 
work was completed in July and August 2010.  Our environmental consulting firm prepared a Final Engineering report 
which  was  submitted  to  the  NYSDEC  for  review  and  approval  in  October  2010.    Comments  on  the  Final  Engineering 
report  and  associated  documents  were  received  from  the  NYSDEC  in  December  2010.    Our  environmental  consulting 
firm revised the Final Engineering report and submitted the report and associated documents to the NYSDEC for review 
and approval in January 2011.  In May 2011, the NYSDEC administratively closed remedial activities associated with the 
approved  work  plan.    In  September  2011,  the  NYSDEC  issued  an  Assignable  Release  and  Covenant  Not  to  Sue 
document.    As  a  result,  anticipated  costs  are  not  expected  to  exceed  those  currently  reserved.    Through  December  31, 
2011, total costs incurred have amounted to approximately $383, none of which has been capitalized.  At December 31, 
2011 and December 31, 2010, we had $8 and $22, respectively, reserved for this matter. 

Workers’ Compensation Self-Insured Trust 

From  August  2002  through  August  2006,  we  participated  in  a  self-insured  trust  to  manage  our  workers’ 
compensation activity for our employees in New York State.  All members of this trust had, by design, joint and several 
liability  during  the  time  they  participated  in  the  trust.    In  August  2006,  we  left  the  self-insured  trust  and  obtained 
alternative coverage for our workers’ compensation program through a third-party insurer.  In the third quarter of 2006, 
we  confirmed  that  the  trust  was  in  an  underfunded  position  (i.e.  the  assets  of  the  trust  were  insufficient  to  cover  the 
actuarially  projected  liabilities  associated  with  the  members  in  the  trust).    In  the  third  quarter  of  2006,  we  recorded  a 
liability and an associated expense of $350 as an estimate of our potential future cost related to the trust’s underfunded 
status based on our estimated level of participation.  On April 28, 2008, we, along with all other members of the trust, 
were  served by the State of  New York Workers’  Compensation Board (“Compensation Board”) with a Summons  with 
Notice that was filed in Albany County Supreme Court, wherein the Compensation Board put all members of the trust on 
notice that it would be seeking approximately $1,000 in previously billed and unpaid assessments and further assessments 
estimated to be not less than $25,000 arising from the accumulated estimated under-funding of the trust.  The Summons 
with Notice did not contain a complaint or a specified demand.  We timely filed a Notice of Appearance in response to the 
Summons with Notice.  On June 16, 2008, we were served with a Verified Complaint.  Subject to the results of a deficit 
reconstruction that was pending, the Verified Complaint estimated that the trust was underfunded by $9,700 during the 
period of December 1, 1997 – November 30, 2003 and an additional $19,400 for the period December 1, 2003 – August 
31,  2006.    The  Verified  Complaint  estimated  our  pro-rata  share  of  the  liability  for  the  period  of  December  1,  1997  – 
November 30, 2003 to be $195.  The Verified Complaint did not contain a pro-rata share liability estimate for the period 
of December 1, 2003-August 31, 2006.  Further, the Verified Complaint stated that all estimates of the underfunded status 
of  the  trust  and  the  pro-rata  share  liability  for  the  period  of  December  1,  1997-November  30,  2003  were  subject  to 
adjustment  based  on  a  forensic  audit  of  the  trust  that  was  being  conducted  on  behalf  of  the  Compensation  Board  by  a 
third-party audit firm.  We timely filed our Verified Answer with Affirmative Defenses on July 24, 2008.  In November 
2009, the New York Attorney General’s office presented the results of the deficit reconstruction of the trust.  As a result 
of the deficit reconstruction, the State of New York has determined that the trust was underfunded by $19,100 instead of 
$29,100 during the period December 1, 1997 to August 31, 2006.  Our pro-rata share of the liability was determined to be 
$452.    The  Attorney  General’s  office  proposed  a  settlement  by  which  we  could  avoid  joint  and  several  liability  in 
exchange  for  a  settlement  payment  of  $520.    Under  the  terms  of  the  settlement  agreement,  we  could    satisfy  our 
obligations by either paying (i) a lump sum of $468, representing a 10% discount, (ii) paying the entire amount in twelve 
monthly installments of $43 commencing the month following execution of the settlement agreement, or (iii) paying the 
entire amount in monthly installments over a period of up to five years, with interest of 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, and 7.5% for the 
two, three, four and five year periods, respectively.  We elected the twelve monthly installments option and on May 3, 
2010, we received written notice from the Attorney General’s office that the Compensation Board had decided to proceed 
with the settlement, as proposed, and that payments would commence in June 2010.  As of December 31, 2011, we have 
made all payments under this settlement and have no further obligations outstanding relating to this matter.  On October 
11, 2011, an order was filed with the Albany County Clerk wherein this lawsuit was discontinued against us. 

Arista Power Litigation 

On September 23, 2011, we initiated an action against Arista Power, Inc. (“Arista”) and our former senior sales 
and  engineering  employee,  David  Modeen,  in  the  State  of  New  York  Supreme  Court,  County  of  Wayne  (Index  No. 
73379).    In  our  Complaint,  we  allege  that  Arista  recruited  all  but  one  of  the  members  of  its  executive  team  from  us, 
subsequently  changed  its  business  to  compete  directly  with  us  by  using  our  confidential  information,  and  during  the 
summer of 2011, recruited Modeen to become an Arista employee.  We allege that, as a result of actions by Arista and 
Modeen:  (i)  Modeen  has  breached  the  terms  of  his  Employee  Confidentiality,  Non-Disclosure,  Non-Compete,  Non-
Disparagement and Assignment Agreement with us; (ii) Modeen has breached certain agreements, duties and obligations 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
he  owed  us,  including  to  protect  and  refrain  from  disclosing  our  trade  secrets  and  confidential  and  proprietary 
information; (iii)  Arista’s employment of Modeen  will inevitably  lead to the disclosure  and use of our trade secrets by 
Arista,  in  violation  of  Modeen’s  duties  and  obligations  to  us;  (iv)  Arista  unlawfully  induced  Modeen  to  breach  his 
agreements with and duties and obligations to us; and (v) Arista’s recruitment and employment of Modeen has breached a 
subcontract between  Arista and us.  We seek damages as  determined at trial and preliminary and permanent injunctive 
relief.    The  defendants  have  answered  the  allegations  set  forth  in  the  Complaint,  without  asserting  any  counterclaims.  
Discovery has commenced and is ongoing. 

On December 5, 2011, Arista served  us  with a  Complaint  it filed on November 29, 2011 in  the State of New 
York Supreme Court, County of Monroe (Index No.  11-13896) against us, our officers, several of our directors, and an 
employee.  In its Complaint, Arista alleges that we and our named defendants have violated the terms of a Confidentiality 
Agreement with Arista and have unfairly competed against Arista by unlawfully appropriating Arista’s trade secrets and 
that as a result of such activity, Arista has incurred damages in excess of $60,000.  Arista seeks damages, an accounting, 
and preliminary and permanent injunctive relief.  We and our officers, directors and employee named in the Complaint 
have yet to answer the allegations set forth in the Complaint.  

 On December 21, 2011, we and our officers, directors and employee named in Arista’s Complaint filed a motion 
to dismiss Arista’s Complaint against our officers, directors and employee as Arista’s Complaint fails to state any cause 
of  action  against  any  of  them  and  dismissing  the  claim  of  fraud  against  our  officers,  directors  and  employee.  
Subsequently,  Arista  filed  an  Amended  Complaint  alleging  essentially  the  same  causes  of  action  but  adding  additional 
factual allegations against us and our officers, directors and employee.  In addition, Arista filed a motion to disqualify our 
outside  legal  counsel  representing  us  and  our  officers,  directors  and  employee  in  both  Arista’s  Complaint  and  our 
Complaint against Arista.  In response, we and our officers, directors and employee filed a new motion to dismiss Arista’s 
Complaint against us in its entirety and seeking dismissal of the fraud claim against us.  Arista’s motion to disqualify our 
outside legal counsel was denied on February 10, 2012.  On March 9, 2012, the Court issued its decision on our motion to 
dismiss, granting the  motion  to the extent of dismissing some claims against us, but denying the  motion to dismiss the 
individuals from the lawsuit at this preliminary stage. 

We initiated the September 23, 2011 Complaint against Arista Power to protect our customers, employees and 
shareholders from the unauthorized use and theft of our investments in intellectual property, trade secrets and confidential 
information  by  Arista  and  its  employees.    Protecting  our  collective  intellectual  property  and  know-how,  developed  at 
great  cost  to  us  to  form  our  competitive  position  in  the  marketplace  and  create  value  for  our  shareholders,  is  a 
fundamental responsibility of all our employees. 

  We believe the November 29, 2011 Arista Complaint is retaliatory and without merit.  Our development of the 
foundation for the new product concept for which Arista claims we allegedly used its trade secrets commenced in 2008, 
long prior to the departure of those individuals who now constitute the executive team of Arista.  Furthermore, we believe 
the  purported  damage  of  $60,000  being  claimed  by  Arista  is  based  solely  on  the  reduction  in  its  market  capitalization 
between November 2009 and the filing date of the Complaint. This market value loss is totally unrelated to any actions on 
account of us, and claims for recovery of this or any other amount are legally and factually baseless.   

Accordingly,  we  will  vigorously  pursue  our  complaint  against  Arista  and  defend  what  we  believe  to  be  a 

meritless action on the part of Arista Power. 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market Information 

 Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ULBI.” 

The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low closing sales prices of our common stock during 2010 and 

2011: 

2010: 
Quarter ended March 28, 2010 
Quarter ended June 27, 2010 
Quarter ended September 26, 2010 
Quarter ended December 31, 2010 

2011: 
Quarter ended April 3, 2011 
Quarter ended July 3, 2011 
Quarter ended October 2, 2011 
Quarter ended December 31, 2011 

Closing Sales Prices 

High 

Low 

$  5.35 
4.94 
4.91 
7.16 

$  7.38 
5.20 
5.04 
4.89 

$  3.83 
3.97 
4.02 
4.29 

$  4.81 
3.94 
4.57 
3.96 

Holders 

As of February 17, 2012, there were 364 registered holders of record of our common stock. 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

None. 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

None. 

Dividends 

 We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock.   We intend to retain earnings, if any, to 
finance future operations and expansion and, therefore, do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  
Any  future  payment  of  dividends  will  depend  upon  our  financial  condition,  capital  requirements  and  earnings,  as  well  as 
upon other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.  Pursuant to our current credit facility, we are precluded 
from paying any dividends.  

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The financial results presented in this table include results from the last five fiscal years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 
2009, 2008 and 2007. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues
Cost of products sold

Gross margin

Research and development expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses

Total operating expenses

Operating income (loss)

Interest (expense) income, net
Gain on insurance settlement
Gain on McDowell settlement
Gain on debt conversion
Other income (expense), net

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax provision (benefit) - current
Income tax provision (benefit) - deferred
Total income taxes

            Year Ended December 31,

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

$      

139,386
103,993

$      

166,819
120,163

$      

154,295
118,986

$      

243,379
187,799

$      

136,088
107,385

35,393

8,595
24,323

32,918

2,475

(554)
-
-
-
171

2,092
32
496
528

46,656

8,755
26,039

34,794

11,862

(1,138)
-
-
-
145

10,869
(557)
258
(299)

35,309

9,451
29,407

38,858

(3,549)

(1,431)
-
-
-
(23)

(5,003)
31
171
202

55,580

8,069
28,081

36,150

19,430

(921)
39
-
313
724

19,585
582
3,111
3,693

28,703

6,992
21,777

28,769

(66)

(2,185)
-
7,550
-
490

5,789
-
77
77

Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

$          

1,564
(3,702)

$        

11,168
(17,377)

$         

(5,205)
(4,026)

$        

15,892
(2,267)

$          

5,712
(129)

Net income (loss)
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontroling interest

$         

(2,138)
58

$         

(6,209)
30

$         

(9,231)
(10)

$        

13,625
38

$          

5,583
-

Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife

$         

(2,080)

$         

(6,179)

$         

(9,241)

$        

13,663

$          

5,583

Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - basic
   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations
Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - diluted
   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations

$            
$           

0.09
(0.21)

$            
$           

0.65
(1.01)

$           
$           

(0.31)
(0.23)

$            
$           

0.92
(0.13)

$            
$           

0.37
(0.01)

$            
$           

0.09
(0.21)

$            
$           

0.65
(1.01)

$           
$           

(0.31)
(0.23)

$            
$           

0.91
(0.13)

$            
$           

0.37
(0.01)

Weighted average shares outstanding-basic

Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted

17,304

17,336

17,157

17,166

16,989

16,989

17,230

17,681

15,316

15,538

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital
Total assets
Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations
Shareholders' equity

                      December 31,

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

$          
5,320
$        
41,075
$      
100,815
$                  
-
$        
73,226

$          
$        
$      
$             
$        

4,641
39,309
114,835
251
73,795

$          
$        
$      
$             
$        

6,094
27,824
131,166
267
78,114

$          
$        
$      
$          
$        

1,878
42,937
129,587
4,670
88,153

$          
$        
$      
$        
$        

2,245
26,461
122,048
16,224
63,007

28 

 
 
 
 
  
        
        
        
        
        
                    
                    
                    
                 
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
            
                    
                    
                    
               
                    
                 
              
                 
               
                    
               
               
               
            
                 
               
              
               
            
                 
           
         
           
           
              
                 
                 
                
                 
                    
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements.  This 
report contains certain forward-looking statements and information that are based on the beliefs of management as well as 
assumptions made by and information currently available to management.  The statements contained in this report relating to 
matters  that  are  not  historical  facts  are  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties,  including,  but  not 
limited to, future demand for our products and services, addressing the process of U.S. defense procurement, the successful 
commercialization of our products, our reliance on certain key customers, the impairment of our intangible assets, general 
domestic  and  global  economic  conditions,  including  the  uncertainty  with  government  budget  approvals,  the  unique  risks 
associated  with  our  Chinese  operations,  government  and  environmental  regulations,  finalization  of  non-bid  government 
contracts, competition and customer strategies, technological innovations in the non-rechargeable and rechargeable battery 
industries, changes in our business strategy or development plans, capital deployment, business disruptions, including those 
caused  by  fires,  raw  material  supplies,  environmental  regulations,  and  other  risks  and  uncertainties,  certain  of  which  are 
beyond our control.  Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove 
incorrect, actual results may differ materially from those forward-looking statements described herein.  When used in this 
report, the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate” or “expect” or words of similar import are intended to identify forward-
looking statements.  For further discussion of certain of the matters described above and other risks and uncertainties, see 
“Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this annual report. 

Undue reliance should not be placed on our forward-looking statements.  Except as required by law, we disclaim 
any obligation to update any  factors or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of the  forward-looking 
statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K to reflect new information, future events or other developments. 

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the accompanying Consolidated Financial 

Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. 

The  financial  information  in  this  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations  is  presented  in  thousands  of  dollars,  except  for  share  and  per  share  amounts.    All  figures  presented  below 
represent results from continuing operations, unless otherwise specified. 

General 

We offer products and services ranging from portable power solutions to communications and electronics systems.  
Through  our  engineering  and  collaborative  approach  to  problem  solving,  we  serve  government,  defense  and  commercial 
customers across the globe.  We design, manufacture, install and maintain power and communications systems including: 
rechargeable  and  non-rechargeable  batteries,  communications  and  electronics  systems  and  accessories,  and  custom 
engineered systems and solutions.  We sell our products worldwide through a variety of trade channels, including original 
equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), industrial and retail distributors, national retailers and directly to U.S. and international 
defense departments. 

We report our results in two operating segments: Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems.  The 
Battery  &  Energy  Products  segment  includes:  lithium  9-volt,  cylindrical  and  various  other  non-rechargeable  batteries,  in 
addition to rechargeable batteries,  uninterruptable power supplies, charging systems and accessories, such as  cables.  The 
Communications  Systems  segment  includes:  power  supplies,  cable  and  connector  assemblies,  RF  amplifiers,  amplified 
speakers,  equipment  mounts,  case  equipment,  integrated  communication  system  kits  and  communications  and  electronics 
systems design.  On January 1, 2011, we began to report chargers in the Battery & Energy Products segment, to better align 
the portfolio of chargers with customers for those products and with how we manage our business operations.  Previously, 
we  had  reported  chargers  in  the  Communications  Systems  segment.    We  believe  that  reporting  performance  at  the  gross 
profit level is the best indicator of segment performance.  As such we report segment performance at the gross profit level 
and operating expenses as Corporate charges.   

We continually evaluate ways to grow, including opportunities to expand through mergers, acquisitions and joint 
ventures,  which  can  broaden  the  scope  of  our  products  and  services,  expand  operating  and  market  opportunities  and 
provide the ability to enter new lines of business synergistic with our portfolio of offerings.   

On March 20, 2009, we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the liabilities of 
the  tactical  communications  products  business  of  Science  Applications  International  Corporation.    The  tactical 
communications products business (“AMTI”), located in Virginia Beach, Virginia, designs, develops and  manufactures 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
tactical  communications  products  including  amplifiers,  man-portable  systems,  cables,  power  solutions  and  ancillary 
communications equipment.  The AMTI business is part of our Communications Systems operating segment.  Under the 
terms of the asset purchase agreement for AMTI, the purchase price consisted of $5,717 in cash.  (See Note 2 in the Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.)   

On March 8, 2011, our senior management, as authorized by our Board of Directors, decided to exit our Energy 
Services business.  As a result of management’s ongoing review of our business segments and products, and taking into 
account  the  lack  of  growth  and  profitability  potential  of  the  Energy  Services  segment  as  well  as  its  sizeable  operating 
losses  over  the  last  several  years,  we  determined  it  was  appropriate  to  refocus  our  operations  on  profitable  growth 
opportunities presented in our other segments, Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems.  In the fourth 
quarter of 2010, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $13,793 to write-off the goodwill and intangible assets and 
certain fixed assets associated with the standby power portion of our Energy Services business.  The actions taken to exit 
our  Energy  Services  business  resulted  in  the  elimination  of  approximately  40  jobs  and  the  closing  of  five  facilities, 
primarily in California, Florida and Texas.  We completed all exit activities with respect to our Energy Services segment 
by the end of the second quarter of 2011, and have reclassified our Energy Services segment as a discontinued operation. 

In connection with the exit activities described above, we recorded total restructuring charges of approximately 
$2,924.  The restructuring charges include approximately $703 of employee-related costs, including termination benefits, 
approximately  $250  of  lease  termination  costs,  approximately  $941  of  inventory  and  fixed  asset  write-downs  and 
approximately  $1,030  of  other  associated  costs.    The  cash  component  of  the  aggregate  total  restructuring  charges  was 
approximately $1,984.  Subsequent to the completion of our exit activities, adjustments have been made to estimates of 
certain reserves and accruals that existed at that time.  These adjustments amount to $94 and were due to the difference in 
our actual experience compared to our expectations as of the completion of our exit activities.   

On February 15, 2012, our senior management, as authorized by our Board of Directors, decided to divest our 
RedBlack  Communications  business.      As  a  result  of  management’s  ongoing  review  of  our  business  portfolio, 
management had determined that RedBlack offers limited opportunities to achieve the operating margin thresholds of our 
new  business  model  and  decided  to  refocus  our  operations  on  profitable  growth  opportunities  presented  in  the  other 
product lines that comprise our business segments, Battery & Energy Products and Communication Systems.  Since 2008, 
our  RedBlack  Communications  business  has  incurred  significant  operating  losses.    Revenues  for  our  RedBlack 
Communications  business  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  were  $3,649  and  its  contribution  to  gross  profit  was 
$1,202.    We  are  seeking  to  sell  our  RedBlack  subsidiary  as  a  going  concern  and  will  be  engaging  appropriate 
professionals  to  assist  in  that  effort.    We  anticipate  that  the  actions  taken  to  divest  the  RedBlack  Communications 
business  will  result  in  the  elimination  of  approximately  30  jobs  and  the  transfer  of  the  RedBlack  facility  located  in 
Hollywood,  Maryland  in  connection  with  the  divestiture.    We  cannot  predict  at  this  time  when  the  closing  of  any 
divestiture transaction will occur.  Commencing with the first quarter of 2012 and concluding with the ultimate closing of 
the  transaction,  the  results  of  RedBlack  operations  and  related  divestiture  costs  will  be  reported  as  a  discontinued 
operation. 

In 2011, we implemented a series of Lean initiatives throughout the entire organization.  Lean is a disciplined 
management  philosophy  which  is  100%  focused  on  using  resources  more  effectively  and  the  elimination  of  non-value 
added functions to any process.  The expected result is a reduction in costs through becoming more efficient. 

Currently,  we  do  not  experience  significant  seasonal  sales  trends  in  any  of  our  operating  segments,  although 
sales to the U.S. Defense Department and other international defense organizations can be sporadic based on the needs of 
those particular customers.  

Overview   

Consolidated  revenues  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011 decreased by  $27,433,  or  16.4%,  from  the  year 
ended  December  31,  2010.    This  decrease  was  primarily  caused  by  lower  revenues  in  our  Communications  Systems 
segment  in  2011  when  compared  to  2010,  as  a  result  of  significant  deliveries  that  were  part  of  the  SATCOM  systems 
order received in May 2010.  Also contributing to the decrease was a $2,730 charge recorded in the first quarter of 2011 
to reflect the settlement with the U.S. Government related to exigent contracts completed between 2003 and 2004.  Gross 
margin decreased to 25.4% for the year ended December 31, 2011, as opposed to 28.0% for the year ended December 31, 
2010.  Excluding the impact of the aforementioned $2,730 charge and a $1,050 non-cash charge in the third quarter to 
write-off components for legacy amplifiers that we had discontinued, gross margin for 2011 would have been 27.6%.  

Operating  expenses  decreased  by  $1,876  or  5.4%  to  $32,918  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011 
compared  to  $34,794  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  reflecting  continued  Lean  initiatives  and  actions  to 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
reduce general and administrative expenses while investing a portion of our savings in the development of new products 
and the expansion of the sales force to increase our geographic coverage and penetrate new markets.  Operating expenses 
as a percentage of revenues increased to 23.6% in 2011 from 20.9% reported in 2010 due to the impact of lower revenues 
in 2011. 

Adjusted EBITDA, defined as net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife before net interest expense, provision 
(benefit) for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, plus/minus expenses/income that we do not consider reflective 
of our ongoing operations, amounted to $8,248 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $17,636 for the year 
ended December 31, 2010.  See the section “Adjusted EBITDA” beginning on page 36 for a reconciliation of Adjusted 
EBITDA to net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife. 

As a result of careful working capital management and cash generated from operations and our Lean initiatives, 
our liquidity remains solid with cash of $5,320 and no debt. We had nothing outstanding on our revolver at the end of 
2011.  Our inventory levels at the end of 2011 increased by $1,845 over year-end 2010, due to delays in the shipments of 
rechargeable batteries into January 2012  and building amplifier  inventory  to help fulfill our recently announced  A-320 
amplifier system contract with a major international defense contractor. 

Outlook 

Management expects  year-over-year percentage revenue  growth approaching double digits.  Operating income 
growth  is  expected  to  outpace  revenue  growth  and  generate  an  operating  margin  of  approximately  7%  to  7.5%.  
Management cautions that the timing of orders and shipments may cause variability in quarterly results.   

Results of Operations  

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011 Compared With the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010 

12 Months Ended

12/31/2011

12/31/2010

Increase /
(Decrease)

Revenues
Cost of products sold
Gross margin
Operating expenses 
Operating income (loss)
Other income (expense), net
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
Income tax provision (benefit)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss)
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife

$           

$           

139,386
103,993
35,393
32,918
2,475
(383)
2,092
528
1,564
(3,702)
(2,138)
58
(2,080)

166,819
120,163
46,656
34,794
11,862
(993)
10,869
(299)
11,168
(17,377)
(6,209)
30
(6,179)

$            

(27,433)
(16,170)
(11,263)
(1,876)
(9,387)
610
(8,777)
827
(9,604)
13,675
4,071
28
4,099

$              

$              

Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - basic
   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations
Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - diluted
   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations

Weighted average shares outstanding-basic
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted

$                 
$                

0.09
(0.21)

$                 
$                

0.65
(1.01)

$                
$                 

(0.56)
0.80

$                 
$                

0.09
(0.21)

$                 
$                

0.65
(1.01)

$                
$                 

(0.56)
0.80

17,304,000
17,336,000

17,157,000
17,166,000

147,000
170,000

Revenues.   Total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 amounted to $139,386, a decrease of 

$27,433, or 16.4% from the $166,819 reported for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
             
              
                 
               
                
                
                
                 
 
 
 Battery  &  Energy  Products  revenues  increased  $3,077,  or  2.9%,  to  $108,203  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December 31, 2011 from the $105,126 reported for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.   Included in Battery & 
Energy  Products’  2011  sales  was  a  $2,730  charge  recorded  in  the  first  quarter  to  reflect  the  settlement  with  the  U.S. 
Government  related  to  exigent  contracts  completed  between  2003  and  2004.    Excluding  this  charge,  Battery  &  Energy 
Products’ sales increased by 5.5%. 

Communications Systems revenues decreased $30,510, or 49.5%, from $61,693 last year to $31,183 this year.  The 
decrease in Communications Systems revenues was mainly due to higher deliveries of SATCOM systems in 2010 driven by 
the  completion  of  the  contract  for  these  vehicle  mounted  systems.    SATCOM  systems  shipments  amounted  to  $7,549  in 
2011  versus  $30,865  in  2010.    Excluding  sales  of  SATCOM  systems  in  2011  and  2010,  Communications  Systems  sales 
would  have  only  decreased  by  $7,194  or  23.3%,  due  to  delays  in  the  U.S.  Government’s  funding  approval  for  amplifier 
orders. 

Cost  of  Products  Sold.      Cost of products  sold decreased $16,170, or 13.5%, from $120,163 for the  year ended 
December 31, 2010 to $103,993 for the year ended December 31, 2011.  Consolidated cost of products sold as a percentage 
of total revenue increased from 72.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 74.6% for the year ended December 31, 
2011.  Correspondingly, consolidated gross margin was 25.4% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared with 28.0% 
for the  year ended December  31, 2010.  The decrease  is  primarily attributable  to  the  $2,730  charge  recorded  in  the  first 
quarter of 2011 to reflect the settlement with the U.S. Government related to exigent contracts completed between 2003 
and 2004 and the $1,050 non-cash charge in the third quarter of 2011 to write-off components for legacy amplifiers that 
we had discontinued.   Excluding these one time items, gross margin for 2011 would have been 27.6%, a slight decrease 
from 28.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010.  

In our Battery & Energy Products segment, the cost of products sold increased $2,752, from $80,282 for the year 
ended December 31, 2010 to $83,034 in 2011.  Battery & Energy Products gross margin for 2011 was $25,169 or 23.3%, an 
increase of $325 from 2010’s gross margin of $24,844, or 23.6%.  Included in Battery & Energy Products’ 2011 sales was a 
$2,730 charge recorded in the first quarter to reflect the  settlement  with the U.S.  Government related to exigent contracts 
completed between 2003 and 2004.  Excluding this charge, Battery & Energy Products’ gross margin percentage increased 
to  25.1%  from  the  23.6%  gross  margin  percentage  in  2010,  reflecting  the  manufacturing  efficiencies  resulting  from  our 
ongoing  Lean  initiative and a  greater  mix of  higher  margin rechargeable batteries and chargers  in comparison to the  year 
ended December 31, 2010.  

In our Communications Systems segment, the cost of products sold decreased $18,922  from  $39,881 in 2010 to 
$20,959 in 2011.  Communications Systems gross margin for 2011 was $10,224, or 32.8%, a decrease of $11,588 from 
2010’s gross margin of $21,812, or 35.4%.  The decrease in the gross margin for Communications Systems resulted from 
a  third  quarter  $1,050  non-cash  charge  to  write-off  components  for  legacy  amplifiers  that  we  have  discontinued.  
Adjusting  for  the  $1,050  write-off,  the  Communication  Systems  gross  margin  percentage  for  2011  increased  to  36.2% 
from the 35.4% gross margin in 2010. 

Operating Expenses.  Operating expenses decreased by $1,876, or 5.4%, to $32,918 for the year ended December 
31, 2011 compared to $34,794 for the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting continued Lean initiatives and actions to 
reduce general and administrative expenses while investing a portion of our savings in the development of new products 
and the expansion of the sales force to increase our geographic coverage and penetrate new markets.  Overall, operating 
expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 23.6% in 2011 from 20.9% reported for the prior year due to the impact of 
lower  revenues  in  2011.    Amortization  expense  associated  with  intangible  assets  related  to  our  acquisitions  was  $627  for 
2011 ($314 in selling,  general and administrative expenses  and $313 in research and development costs),  compared  with 
$817  for  2010  ($408  in  selling,  general,  and  administrative  expenses  and  $409  in  research  and  development  costs).  
Research  and  development  costs  were  $8,595  in  2011,  a  decrease  of  $160  or  1.8%,  over  the  $8,755  reported  in  2010.  
Selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased $1,716, or 6.6%, to $24,323.  This decrease represents the results of 
our broad actions to reduce our overall spending base in non-revenue producing functions. 

Other Income (Expense).  Other income (expense) totaled ($383) for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared 
to ($993) for the year ended December 31, 2010.  Interest expense, net of interest income, decreased $584, from $1,138 for 
2010 to $554 for 2011, mainly as a result of lower average borrowings under our revolving credit facilities during the course 
of 2011.  Miscellaneous income amounted to $171 for 2011 compared with $145 for 2010.  The income in both 2011 and 
2010 was primarily due to transactions impacted by changes in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. 

Income Taxes. We reflected a tax provision of $528 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with a tax 
benefit of $299 for the same period of 2010.  The 2010 tax benefit was principally a result of our realization of a current tax 
benefit related to our election in 2010 to carry back the 2009 net operating loss to the prior five tax years.  This amount was 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
partially offset by state income taxes due for 2010.  This election resulted in us receiving a refund of alternative minimum 
taxes paid in the prior five years.   

The effective consolidated tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was: 

Years Ended December 31, 

2011 

2010 

Income (Loss) before Incomes Taxes (a) 

$ 2,092 

$ 10,869 

Total Income Tax Provision (Benefit) (b) 

$    528 

$     (299) 

Effective Tax Rate (b/a) 

25.2% 

(2.8%) 

In 2011 and 2010, in the U.S. and the U.K., we continue to report a valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets 
that cannot be offset by reversing temporary differences.  This results from the conclusion that it is more likely than not that 
we would not utilize our U.S. and U.K. NOL’s that had accumulated over time.  The recognition of a valuation allowance on 
our deferred tax assets resulted from our evaluation of all available evidence, both positive and negative.  The assessment of 
the realizability of the NOL’s was based on a number of factors including, our history of net operating losses, the volatility of 
our earnings, our historical operating volatility, our historical inability to accurately forecast earnings for future periods and 
the continued uncertainty of the general business climate as of the end of 2011.   We concluded that these factors represent 
sufficient  negative  evidence  and  have  concluded  that  we  should  record  a  full  valuation  allowance  under  Financial 
Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) guidance on the accounting for income taxes.  (See Notes 1 and 8 in the Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.)  In 2010, we reported a valuation allowance for our deferred 
tax assets in China.  As a result of our assessment at December 31, 2011, there is no longer a need to record a valuation 
allowance for the Chinese deferred tax assets as it is more likely than not that they will be realized.  We are more likely than 
not  to  fully  utilize  the  NOL  in  China  and  therefore  have  removed  the  valuation  allowance  during  2011.    We  continually 
assess the carrying value of this asset based on relevant accounting standards. 

We have determined that a change in ownership, as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, occurred in 
2005 and 2006. As such, the domestic NOL carryforward will be subject to an annual limitation estimated to be in the range 
of  approximately  $12,000  to  $14,500.   The  unused  portion  of  the  annual  limitation  can  be  carried  forward  to  subsequent 
periods. Our ability to utilize NOL carryforwards due to the successive ownership changes is currently limited to a minimum 
of  approximately  $12,000  annually,  plus  the  carryover  from  unused  portions  of  the  annual  limitations.    We  believe  such 
limitation will not impact our ability to realize the deferred tax asset.  

In addition, certain of our NOL carryforwards are subject to U.S. alternative minimum tax such that carryforwards 
can  offset  only  90%  of  alternative  minimum  taxable  income.    This  limitation  did  not  have  an  impact  on  income  taxes 
determined for 2011 and 2010.  For further discussion, see “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this annual report.  

Discontinued  Operations.    Loss  from  discontinued  operations,  net  of  tax,  totaled  $3,702  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2011, compared to a loss of $17,377 in the same period of 2010.  In the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded a 
non-cash impairment charge of $13,793 to write-off the goodwill and intangible assets and certain fixed assets associated 
with  the  standby  power  portion  of  our  Energy  Services  business.    For  more  information,  see  Note  2  to  the  Condensed 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Ultralife.  Net loss attributable to Ultralife and net loss attributable to Ultralife 
common  shareholders  per  diluted  share  were  $2,080  and  $0.12,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011, 
compared to net loss attributable to Ultralife and net loss attributable to Ultralife common shareholders per diluted share 
of $6,179 and $0.36, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily as a result of the reasons described 
above.  Average common shares outstanding used to compute diluted earnings per share increased from 17,166,000 in 2010 
to  17,336,000  in  2011,  mainly  due  to  stock  option  exercises  and  shares  of  common  stock  issued  to  our  non-employee 
directors.  

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010 Compared With the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009 

12 Months Ended

12/31/2010

12/31/2009

Increase /
(Decrease)

Revenues
Cost of products sold
Gross margin
Operating expenses 
Operating income (loss)
Other income (expense), net
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes
Income tax provision (benefit)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss)
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife

$           

$           

166,819
120,163
46,656
34,794
11,862
(993)
10,869
(299)
11,168
(17,377)
(6,209)
30
(6,179)

154,295
118,986
35,309
38,858
(3,549)
(1,454)
(5,003)
202
(5,205)
(4,026)
(9,231)
(10)
(9,241)

$             

12,524
1,177
11,347
(4,064)
15,411
461
15,872
(501)
16,373
(13,351)
3,022
40
3,062

$              

$              

Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - basic
   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations
Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shares - diluted
   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations

$                 
$                

0.65
(1.01)

$                
$                

(0.31)
(0.23)

$                 
$                

0.96
(0.78)

$                 
$                

0.65
(1.01)

$                
$                

(0.31)
(0.23)

$                 
$                

0.96
(0.78)

Weighted average shares outstanding-basic
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted

17,157,000
17,166,000

16,989,000
16,989,000

168,000
177,000

Revenues.   Total revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 amounted to $166,819, an increase of 

$12,524, or 8.1% from the $154,295 reported for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.  

Battery  &  Energy  Products  revenues  decreased  $2,039,  or  1.9%,  from  $107,165  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December 2009 to $105,126 reported for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  The decrease in Battery & Energy 
Products  revenues  was  primarily  attributable  to  higher  demand  for  our  rechargeable  batteries,  including  automotive 
telematics batteries resulting from favorable economic conditions in the automotive industry, offset by lower battery sales 
to the U.S. Department of Defense.  

Communications  Systems  revenues  increased  $14,563,  or  30.9%,  from  $47,130  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December 31, 2009 to $61,693 reported for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010.  The increase in Communications 
Systems revenues was mainly due to deliveries on the SATCOM systems order we received in May 2010 and amplifier 
sales resulting from our acquisition of AMTI on March 20, 2009 and continued favorable demand for these products.  

Cost  of  Products  Sold.      Cost  of  products  sold  increased  $1,177  or  1.0%,  from  $118,986  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2009 to $120,163 for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily as a result of the increase in revenues.  
Consolidated  cost  of  products  sold  as  a  percentage  of  total  revenue  decreased  from  77.1%  for  the  twelve  months  ended 
December  31,  2009  to  72.0%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010.    Correspondingly,  consolidated  gross  margin 
percentage was 28.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared with 22.9% for the year ended December 31, 2009, 
primarily attributable to the margin improvements in the Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems business 
segments.   

In our Battery & Energy Products segment, the cost of products sold decreased $5,504, from $85,786 in the year 
ended December 31, 2009 to $80,282 in 2010.  Battery & Energy Products gross margin for 2010 was $24,844, or 23.6%, an 
increase of $3,465 from 2009’s gross margin of $21,379, or 19.9%.  Battery  & Energy Products gross  margin and gross 
margin  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  both  increased  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010,  primarily  as  a  result  of 
manufacturing efficiencies and higher selling prices and volumes realized for some of our products, in comparison to the 
year ended December 31, 2009.  

34 

 
 
 
 
   
             
             
                 
               
                
               
                
                
                 
 
 
 
 
 
In  our  Communications  Systems  segment,  the  cost  of  products  sold  increased  $6,681,  from  $33,200  in  2009  to 
$39,881 in 2010. Communications  Systems  gross  margin  for 2010  was $21,812, or 35.4%, an increase of $7,882 from 
2009’s gross  margin of $13,930, or 29.6%. The increase in both the  gross  margin and the gross  margin percentage  for 
Communications Systems resulted from deliveries under the SATCOM systems order we received in May 2010 and from 
our acquisition of the AMTI amplifier business in March 2009 and increased sales of its higher margin products.   

Operating Expenses.  Total operating expenses decreased $4,064, from $38,858 for the year ended December 31, 
2009 to $34,794 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  Overall, operating expenses as a percentage of sales decreased to 
20.9% in 2010 from 25.2% reported the prior year, due to “across the board” cost reduction and consolidation actions we 
commenced in the latter half of 2009.   Amortization expense associated with intangible assets related to our acquisitions 
was $817 for 2010 ($408 in selling, general, and administrative expenses and $409 in research and development costs), 
compared  with  $944  for  2009  ($496  in  selling,  general,  and  administrative  expenses  and  $448  in  research  and 
development costs).  Research and development costs were $8,755 in 2010, a decrease of $696, or 7.4%, over the $9,451 
reported  in  2009,  with  the  decrease  due  to  the  timing  of  development  projects  relating  to  both  our  business  segments.  
Selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased $3,368, or 11.5%, to $26,039.  This decrease represents the results 
of our broad actions to reduce our overall spending base in non-revenue producing functions. 

Other Income (Expense).  Other income (expense) totaled ($993) for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared 
to ($1,454) for the year ended December 31, 2009.  Interest expense, net of interest income, decreased $293, from $1,431 for 
2009 to $1,138 for 2010, mainly as a result of lower average borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Miscellaneous 
income/expense amounted to income of $145 for 2010 compared with expense of $23 for 2009.  The income in 2010 and the 
expense  in  2009  were  primarily  due  to  the  transactions  impacted  by  changes  in  foreign  currencies  relative  to  the  U.S. 
dollar.   

Income  Taxes.  We  reflected  a  tax  benefit  of  $299  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010  compared  with  a  tax 
provision of $202 in the same period of 2009.  The 2010 tax benefit is principally a result of our realization of a current tax 
benefit related to our election in 2010 to carry back the 2009 net operating loss to the prior five tax years.  This amount was 
partially offset by state income taxes due for 2010.  This election resulted in us receiving a refund of alternative minimum 
taxes paid in the prior five years.   

The effective consolidated tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was: 

Years Ended December 31, 

2010 

2009 

Income (Loss) before Incomes Taxes (a) 

$ 10,869 

$ (5,003) 

Total Income Tax Provision (b) 

$     (299) 

$     202 

Effective Tax Rate (b/a) 

(2.8%) 

4.0% 

In 2010 and 2009, we continue to report a valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets that cannot be offset by 
reversing temporary differences in the U.S., the U.K. and China arising from the conclusion that we would not be able to 
utilize our U.S., U.K. and China NOL’s that had accumulated over time.  The recognition of the valuation allowance on our 
deferred tax asset resulted from our evaluation of all available evidence, both positive and negative.  The assessment of the 
realizability of the NOL’s was based on a number of factors including, our history of net operating losses, the volatility of 
our earnings, our historical operating volatility, our historical inability to accurately forecast earnings for future periods and 
the continued uncertainty of the general business climate as of the end of 2010.   We concluded that these factors represent 
sufficient negative evidence and have concluded that we should record a full valuation allowance under FASB‘s guidance on 
the  accounting  for  income  taxes.    (See  Notes  1  and  8  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  additional 
information.)  We continually assess the carrying value of this asset based on relevant accounting standards. 

We have determined that a change in ownership, as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, occurred in 
2005 and 2006. As such, the domestic NOL carryforward will be subject to an annual limitation estimated to be in the range 
of  approximately  $12,000  to  $14,500.   The  unused  portion  of  the  annual  limitation  can  be  carried  forward  to  subsequent 
periods. Our ability to utilize NOL carryforwards due to the successive ownership changes is currently limited to a minimum 
of  approximately  $12,000  annually,  plus  the  carryover  from  unused  portions  of  the  annual  limitations.    We  believe  such 
limitation will not impact our ability to realize the deferred tax asset.   

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, certain of our NOL carryforwards are subject to U.S. alternative minimum tax such that carryforwards 
can  offset  only  90%  of  alternative  minimum  taxable  income.    This  limitation  did  not  have  an  impact  on  income  taxes 
determined for 2010 and 2009.   

Discontinued  Operations.    Loss  from  discontinued  operations,  net  of  tax,  totaled  $17,377  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2010, compared to a loss of $4,026 in the same period of 2009.  In the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded a 
non-cash impairment charge of $13,793 to write-off the goodwill and intangible assets and certain fixed assets associated 
with  the  standby  power  portion  of  our  Energy  Services  business.    For  more  information,  see  Note  2  to  the  Condensed 
Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Net  Income  (Loss)  Attributable  to  Ultralife.    Net  loss  attributable  to  Ultralife  and  loss  attributable  to  Ultralife 
common  shareholders  per  diluted  share  were  $6,179  and  $0.36,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010, 
compared to net loss attributable to Ultralife and earnings attributable to Ultralife common shareholders per diluted share of 
$9,241 and $0.54, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily as a result of the reasons described above.  
Average  common  shares  outstanding  used  to  compute  diluted  earnings  per  share  increased  from  16,989,000  in  2009  to 
17,166,000 in 2010, mainly due to the issuance of 200,000 shares of our common stock to the former principals of U.S. 
Energy pursuant to an amendment to our purchase agreement with them, stock option exercises and shares of common 
stock issued to our non-employee directors.  

Adjusted EBITDA 

In evaluating our business, we consider and use Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, a non-GAAP financial 
measure, as a supplemental measure of our operating performance. We define Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations 
as net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife before net interest expense, provision (benefit) for income taxes, depreciation 
and amortization, plus/minus expenses/income that we do not consider reflective of our ongoing continuing operations. We 
use  Adjusted  EBITDA  from  continuing  operations  as  a  supplemental  measure  to  review  and  assess  our  operating 
performance and to enhance comparability between periods. We also believe the use of Adjusted EBITDA from continuing 
operations facilitates investors’ use of operating performance comparisons from period to period and company to company 
by  backing  out  potential  differences  caused  by  variations  in  such  items  as  capital  structures  (affecting  relative  interest 
expense and stock-based compensation expense), the book amortization of intangible assets (affecting relative amortization 
expense), the age and book value of facilities and equipment (affecting relative depreciation expense) and other significant 
non-operating expenses or income. We also present Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations because we believe it is 
frequently  used  by  securities  analysts,  investors  and  other  interested  parties  as  a  measure  of  financial  performance.    We 
reconcile Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations to net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife, the most comparable 
financial measure under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). 

We use Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations in our decision-making processes relating to the operation of 
our business together with U.S. GAAP financial measures such as income (loss) from operations.  We believe that Adjusted 
EBITDA  from  continuing  operations  permits  a  comparative  assessment  of  our  operating  performance,  relative  to  our 
performance based on our U.S. GAAP results, while isolating the effects of depreciation and amortization, which may vary 
from  period  to  period  without  any  correlation  to  underlying  operating  performance,  and  of  non-cash  stock-based 
compensation,  which  is  a  non-cash  expense  that  varies  widely  among  companies.    We  believe  that  by  limiting  Adjusted 
EBITDA to continuing operations, we assist investors in gaining a better understanding of our business on a going forward 
basis.    We  provide  information  relating  to  our  Adjusted  EBITDA  from  continuing  operations  so  that  securities  analysts, 
investors and other interested parties have the same data that we employ in assessing our overall operations.  We believe that 
trends  in  our  Adjusted  EBITDA  from  continuing  operations  are  a  valuable  indicator  of  our  operating  performance  on  a 
consolidated  basis  and  of  our  ability  to  produce  operating  cash  flows  to  fund  working  capital  needs,  to  service  debt 
obligations and to fund capital expenditures. 

The  term  Adjusted  EBITDA  from  continuing  operations  is  not  defined  under  U.S. GAAP,  and  is  not  a  measure  of 
operating  income,  operating  performance  or  liquidity  presented  in  accordance  with  U.S. GAAP.  Our  Adjusted  EBITDA 
from  continuing operations  has limitations as an analytical tool, and  when assessing our operating performance,  Adjusted 
EBITDA  from  continuing  operations  should  not  be  considered  in  isolation,  or  as  a  substitute  for  net  income  (loss) 
attributable to Ultralife or other consolidated statement of operations data prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Some of 
these limitations include, but are not limited to, the following:  

•  Adjusted  EBITDA  from  continuing  operations  does  not  reflect  (1)  our  cash  expenditures  or  future 
requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; (2) changes in, or cash requirements for, 
our working capital needs; (3) the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
principal payments, on our debt; (4) income taxes or the cash requirements for any tax payments; and (5) all 
of the costs associated with operating our business; 

• 

although  depreciation  and  amortization  are  non-cash  charges,  the  assets  being  depreciated  and  amortized 
often  will  have  to  be  replaced  in  the  future,  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  from  continuing  operations  does  not 
reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; 

•  while stock-based compensation is a component of cost of products sold and operating expenses, the impact 
on  our  consolidated  financial  statements  compared  to  other  companies  can  vary  significantly  due  to  such 
factors as assumed life of the stock-based awards and assumed volatility of our common stock; 

• 

• 

although  discontinued  operations  does  not  reflect  our  current  business  operations,  discontinued  operations 
does include the costs we incurred by exiting our Energy Services business; and 

other  companies  may  calculate  Adjusted  EBITDA  from  continuing  operations  differently  than  we  do, 
limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. 

We  compensate  for  these  limitations  by  relying  primarily  on  our  U.S.  GAAP  results  and  using  Adjusted  EBITDA 
from continuing operations only supplementally.  Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is calculated as follows for 
the periods presented:  

Years ended December 31, 
2010 

2011 

2009 

Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife 
Add: interest expense, net 
Add (Less): income tax provision (benefit) 
Add: depreciation and amortization of financing fees 
Add: amortization of intangible assets 
Add: stock-based compensation expense 
Add (Less): loss (gain) from discontinued 
   operations, net of tax 

$   (2,080)   

554 
528 
3,692 
627 
1,225 

$   (6,179)   
1,138 
(299) 
3,705 
817 
1,077 

$   (9,241)   
1,431 
202 
3,866 
944 
1,330 

3,702 

17,377 

4,026 

Adjusted EBITDA 

$     8,248 

$  17,636     

$    2,558     

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Cash Flows and General Business Matters 

The following cash flow information is being presented net of continuing and discontinued operations. 

As of December 31, 2011, cash and cash equivalents totaled $5,320, an increase of $679 from the beginning of the 
year.    During  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2011,  we  generated  $10,962  of  cash  from  operating  activities  as 
compared  to  generating  $10,909  of  cash  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2010.    The  cash  from  operating 
activities  provided  in  2011  was  mainly  attributable  to  our  net  loss  of  $2,138,  plus  an  addback  of  $5,544  for  non-cash 
expenses of depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation and a loss from discontinued operations, net of tax of 
$3,702.  Approximately $1,190 of cash was generated from working capital due mainly to decreases in accounts receivable, 
due  to  timing  of  orders  and  a  decrease  in  accounts  payable,  coupled  with  an  increase  in  inventories.    For  2010,  the  cash 
generated from operating activities of $10,909 was mainly attributable to a net loss of $6,209, plus an addback of $5,599 for 
non-cash expenses of depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation and a loss from discontinued operations of 
$17,377 that included an impairment charge of goodwill and long-lived assets of $13,793.  Approximately $6,424 of cash 
was used for working capital due mainly to a decrease in inventories, offset by increases in accounts receivable due to timing 
of orders and a decrease in accounts payable.     

We  used  $1,999  in  cash  for  investing  activities  during  2011  compared  with  $1,951  in  cash  used  for  investing 
activities in 2010.  In 2011, we spent $2,362 to purchase plant, property and equipment and $50 was used in connection 
with the contingent purchase price payout related to RPS Power Systems, Inc. (“RPS”).  In addition, we received $28 in 
cash proceeds from dispositions of property, plant and equipment and $298 relating to the reduction of the UK restricted 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
cash.  In 2010, we spent $1,762 to purchase plant, property and equipment, $464 was used to establish a restricted cash 
fund in connection with our U.K. operations, and $137 was used in connection with the contingent purchase price payout 
related to RPS.  In addition, we received $445 in cash proceeds from dispositions of property, plant and equipment.   

During 2011, we used $8,604 in funds from financing activities compared to the use of $10,629 in funds in 2010.  
The financing activities in 2011 included outflows of $8,541 for repayments on the revolver portion of our primary credit 
facility, $8 for principal payments on debt and capital lease obligations, $128 relating to discontinued operations and an 
inflow  of  cash  from  stock  option  exercises  of  $73.    The  financing  activities  in  2010  included  outflows  of  $6,959  for 
repayments  on  the  revolver  portion  of  our  primary  credit  facilities,  $3,574  for  principal  payments  on  debt  and  capital 
lease obligations, $151 relating to discontinued operations and an inflow of cash from stock option exercises of $55. 

Although we booked a full reserve for our deferred tax asset during the fourth quarter of 2006 and continued to 
carry this reserve as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we continue to have significant U.S. NOL’s available to us to utilize 
as an offset to  taxable  income.   As of December 31, 2011, none of our U.S. NOL’s have expired.  (See Note 8 in the 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.) 

Inventory turnover for the year ended December 31, 2011 averaged 3.0 turns compared to 3.4 turns for 2010. The 
decrease in this metric is mainly due to  a buildup of amplifier inventory in the fourth quarter  of 2011 in anticipation of a 
Communication  Systems  international  contract  that  was  announced  by  us  on  January  31,  2012,  as  well  as  the  buildup  of 
inventory for a major defense contractor order which was shipped in January 2012.   

 Our  order  backlog  at  December  31,  2011  was  approximately  $24,110,  lower  than  in  prior  years,  mostly  due  to 
continued  delays  in  government  orders  and  the  completion  of  SATCOM  systems  orders  in  2011.    The  majority  of  the 
backlog was related to orders that are expected to ship throughout 2012.  

As of December 31, 2011, we had made commitments to purchase approximately $849 of production machinery 

and equipment, which we expect to fund through operating cash flows or the use of debt. 

Potential Commitments 

In connection with our acquisition of Stationary Power on November 16, 2007, the purchase agreement specified an 
adjustment mechanism based upon Stationary Power’s closing date net worth balance relative to a previously-agreed amount 
of $500.  The final net value of the “Net Worth”, under the stock purchase agreement, was $339, resulting in a revised 
initial purchase price of $9,839.  In addition, there is a contingent payout of up to 100,000 shares of our common stock to be 
earned  upon  the  achievement  of  certain  post-acquisition  annual  sales  milestones  through  the  measurement  period  ended 
December 31, 2012.  Through the year ended December 31, 2011, we have issued no shares of our common stock relating 
to  this  contingent  consideration,  and  since  we  have  discontinued  the  services  offered  by  Stationary  Power,  we  do  not 
expect to make any contingent payments. 

Debt and Lease Commitments 

On  February  17,  2010,  we  entered  into  a  new  senior  secured  asset  based  revolving  credit  facility  (“Credit 
Facility”)  of  up  to  $35,000  with  RBS  Business  Capital,  a  division  of  RBS  Asset  Finance,  Inc.  (“RBS”).  The  proceeds 
from the Credit Facility can be used for general working capital purposes, general corporate purposes, and letter of credit 
foreign exchange support.  The Credit Facility  has a  maturity date of February 17, 2013 (“Maturity Date”).  The Credit 
Facility is secured by substantially all of our assets.  At closing, we paid RBS a facility fee of $263.    

On  February  18,  2010,  we  drew  down  $9,870  from  the  Credit  Facility  to  repay  all  outstanding  amounts  due 
under our previous credit facility with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company.  Our 
available  borrowing  under  the  Credit  Facility  fluctuates  from  time  to  time  based  upon  amounts  of  eligible  accounts 
receivable and eligible inventory.  Available borrowings under the Credit Facility equals the lesser of (1) $35,000 or (2) 
85% of eligible accounts receivable plus the lesser of (a) up to 70% of the book value of our eligible inventory or (b) 85% 
of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of our eligible inventory.  The borrowing base under the Credit Facility is 
further  reduced  by  (1)  the  face  amount  of  any  letters  of  credit  outstanding,  (2)  any  liabilities  of  ours  under  hedging 
contracts with RBS and (3) the value of any reserves as deemed appropriate by RBS.  We are required to have at least 
$3,000 available under the Credit Facility at all times. 

On January 19, 2011, we entered in a First Amendment to Credit Agreement (“First Amendment”) with RBS.  

The First Amendment amended the Credit Facility as follows: 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i)   Eligible accounts receivable under the Credit Facility (for the determination of available borrowings) now 
include  foreign  (non-U.S.)  accounts  subject  to  credit  insurance  payable  to  RBS  (formerly,  such  accounts 
were not eligible without arranging letter of credit facilities satisfactory to RBS).  

(ii)  Decreased the interest rate that will accrue on outstanding indebtedness, as set forth in the following table: 

Excess Availability  

Greater than $10,000  

LIBOR Rate Plus  

3.00%  

Greater than $6,000 but less than or equal to $10,000  

3.25%  

Greater than $3,000 but less than or equal to $6,000  

3.50%  

Interest currently accrues on outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Facility at LIBOR plus 3.00%.  We have 

the ability, in certain circumstances, to fix the interest rate for up to 90 days from the date of borrowing. 

In addition to paying interest  on the outstanding principal  under the Credit Facility,  we  are required to pay an 
unused  line  fee  of  0.50%  on  the  unused  portion  of  the  $35,000  Credit  Facility.  We  must  also  pay  customary  letter  of 
credit fees equal to the LIBOR rate and the applicable margin and any other customary fees or expenses of the issuing 
bank.    Interest  that  accrues  under  the  Credit  Facility  is  to  be  paid  monthly  with  all  outstanding  principal,  interest  and 
applicable fees due on the Maturity Date.  

We are required to maintain a fixed charge ratio of 1.20 to 1.00 or greater at all times as of and after March 28, 
2010.  As of December 31, 2011, our fixed charge ratio was 3.41 to 1.00.  Accordingly, we were in compliance with the 
financial  covenants  of  the  Credit  Facility.    All  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  are  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of 
customary  conditions,  including  the  absence  of  an  event  of  default  and  accuracy  of  our  representations  and 
warranties.  The Credit Facility also includes customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events 
of default.  If an event of default occurs, RBS would be entitled to take various actions, including accelerating the amount 
due under the Credit Facility, and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.  

As of December 31, 2011, we had $-0- outstanding under the Credit Facility.  At December 31, 2011, the interest 
rate  on  the  asset  based  revolver  component  of  the  Credit  Facility  was  3.27%.    As  of  December  31,  2011,  the  revolver 
arrangement  had  approximately  $14,078  of  borrowing  capacity,  including  outstanding  letters  of  credit.    At  December  31, 
2011, we had $413 of outstanding letters of credit related to this facility. 

See Note 5 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 

Equity Transactions 

In  October  2008,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  share  repurchase  program  of  up  to  $10,000  to  be 
implemented  over  the  course  of  a  six-month  period.    Repurchases  were  made  from  time  to  time  at  management’s 
discretion,  either  in  the  open  market  or  through  privately  negotiated  transactions.    The  repurchases  were  made  in 
compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission guidelines and were subject to market conditions, applicable legal 
requirements, and other  factors.  We  had  no obligation  under the program to repurchase shares and the program could 
have been suspended or discontinued at any time without prior notice.  We funded the purchase price for shares acquired 
primarily with current cash on hand and cash generated from operations, in addition to borrowing from our credit facility, 
as  necessary.    We  spent  $5,141  to  repurchase  628,413  shares  of  common  stock,  at  an  average  price  of  approximately 
$8.15 per share, under this share repurchase program.  During the first quarter of 2009, we repurchased 416,305 shares of 
common stock at an average price of approximately $7.99 per share, under this share repurchase program; all other share 
repurchases were made in the fourth quarter of 2008.  In April 2009, this share repurchase program expired. 

In some of our recent acquisitions, we utilized securities as consideration in these transactions in part to reduce the 

need to draw on the liquidity provided by our cash and cash equivalents and revolving credit facility. 

See Note 7 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Matters 

We continually explore various sources of  liquidity to ensure financing  flexibility, including leasing alternatives, 
issuing new or refinancing existing debt, and raising equity through private or public offerings.  Although we stay abreast of 
such  financing alternatives,  we believe  we have the ability  during the next 12  months to  finance our operations primarily 
through internally generated funds or through the use of additional financing that currently is available to us.  In the event 
that we are unable to finance our operations with the internally generated funds or through the use of additional financing 
that currently is available to us, we may need to seek additional credit or access capital markets for additional funds.   

If we are unable to achieve our plans or unforeseen events occur, we may need to implement alternative plans in 
addition to plans that we have already initiated. While we believe we can complete our original plans or alternative plans, if 
necessary, there can be no assurance that such alternatives would be available on acceptable terms and conditions or that we 
would be successful in our implementation of such plans. 

With  respect  to  our  battery  products,  we  typically  offer  warranties  against  any  defects  due  to  product 
malfunction or workmanship for a period up to one year from the date of purchase.   With respect to our communications 
accessory products, we typically offer a three-year warranty.  Previously, we had offered up to a four-year warranty.  We 
provide for a reserve for these potential warranty expenses, which is based on an analysis of historical warranty issues.  
There is no assurance that future warranty claims will be consistent with past history, and in the event we experience a 
significant  increase  in  warranty  claims,  there  is  no  assurance  that  our  reserves  would  be  sufficient.    This  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Contractual Obligations  

Contractual Obligations: 
Long-Term Debt Obligations  
Capital Lease Obligations 
Operating Lease Obligations 
Purchase Obligations 
Total 

Total 
$           - 
- 
2,003 
   14,745 
$ 16,748 

Payments due by period 

Less than  
1 year 
$           - 
- 
855 
   14,745 
$ 15,600 

1-3 
years 
$         - 
- 
825 
     - 
$    825 

More than 
3-5 
years 
5 years 
$      -                 $      - 
- 
- 
        - 
$      - 

- 
323 
     - 
$ 323 

Purchase obligations consist of commitments for property, plant and equipment, open purchase orders for materials 

and supplies, and other general commitments for various service contracts. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The  above  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  based  upon  our 
consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in 
the U.S.  The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect 
amounts reported therein.  The estimates and assumptions that require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex 
judgments are described below. 

Revenue recognition:  

Product Sales – In general, revenues from the sale of products are recognized when products are shipped. When 
products are shipped with terms that require transfer of title upon delivery at a customer’s location, revenues are 
recognized  on  date  of  delivery.    A  provision  is  made  at  the  time  the  revenue  is  recognized  for  warranty  costs 
expected  to  be  incurred.  Customers,  including  distributors,  do  not  have  a  general  right  of  return  on  products 
shipped.   

Service Contracts – Revenue from the sale of installation services is recognized upon customer acceptance, generally 
the  date  of  installation.    Revenue  from  fixed  price  engineering  contracts  is  recognized  on  a  proportional  method, 
measured by the percentage of actual costs incurred to total estimated costs to complete the contract.  Revenue 
from time and material engineering contracts is recognized as work progresses through monthly billings of time 
and  materials  as  they  are  applied  to  the  work  pursuant  to  the  terms  in  the  respective  contract.    Revenue  from 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
customer  maintenance  agreements  is  recognized  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  term  of  the  related 
agreements, which range from six months to three years. 

Technology  Contracts  –  We  recognize  revenue  using  the  proportional  method,  measured  by  the  percentage  of 
actual costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs to complete the contract. Elements of cost include direct 
material,  labor  and  overhead.    If  a  loss  on  a  contract  is  estimated,  the  full  amount  of  the  loss  is  recognized 
immediately.  We allocate costs to all technology contracts based upon actual costs incurred including an allocation 
of certain research and development costs incurred.  

Deferred Revenue - For each source of revenues, we defer recognition if: i) evidence of an agreement does not 
exist,  ii)  delivery  or  service  has  not  occurred,  iii)  the  selling  price  is  not  fixed  or  determinable,  or  iv) 
collectability is not reasonably assured. 

Valuation of Inventory: 

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market,  with  cost  determined  using  the  first-in,  first-out  (FIFO) 
method.  Our  inventory  includes  raw  materials,  work  in  process  and  finished  goods.  We  record  provisions  for 
excess,  obsolete  or  slow  moving  inventory  based  on  changes  in  customer  demand,  technology  developments  or 
other  economic  factors.  The  factors  that  contribute  to  inventory  valuation  risks  are  our  purchasing  practices, 
material  and  product  obsolescence,  accuracy  of  sales  and  production  forecasts,  introduction  of  new  products, 
product  lifecycles,  product  support  and  foreign  regulations  governing  hazardous  materials  (see  Item  1A  –  Risk 
Factors for  further information on  foreign regulations). We  manage our exposure  to inventory valuation risks by 
maintaining  safety  stocks,  minimum  purchase  lots,  managing  product  end-of-life  issues  brought  on  by  aging 
components  or  new  product  introductions,  and  by  utilizing  certain  inventory  minimization  strategies  such  as 
vendor-managed  inventories.  We  believe  that  the  accounting  estimate  related  to  valuation  of  inventories  is  a 
"critical accounting estimate" because it is susceptible to changes from period-to-period due to the requirement for 
management  to  make  estimates  relative  to  each  of  the  underlying  factors  ranging  from  purchasing,  to  sales,  to 
production, to after-sale support. If actual demand, market conditions or product lifecycles are adversely different 
from those estimated by management, inventory adjustments to lower market values would result in a reduction to 
the carrying value of inventory, an increase in inventory write-offs and a decrease to gross margins. 

Warranties: 

We  maintain  provisions  related  to  normal  warranty  claims  by  customers.      We  evaluate  these  reserves  quarterly 
based on actual experience with warranty claims to date and our assessment of additional claims in the future. There 
is no assurance that future warranty claims will be consistent with past history, and in the event we experience a 
significant increase in warranty claims, there is no assurance that our reserves would be sufficient. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: 

We regularly assess all of our long-lived assets for impairment when events or circumstances indicate their carrying 
amounts may not be recoverable. This is accomplished by comparing the expected undiscounted future cash flows 
of the assets with the respective carrying amount as of the date of assessment. Should aggregate future cash flows 
be less than the carrying value, a write-down would be required, measured as the difference between the carrying 
value  and  the  fair  value  of  the  asset.  Fair  value  is  estimated  either  through  the  assistance  of  an  independent 
valuation or as  the present  value of expected discounted  future cash  flows.  The discount rate  used by  us in our 
evaluation  approximates  our  weighted  average  cost  of  capital.  If  the  expected  undiscounted  future  cash  flows 
exceed the respective carrying amount as of the date of assessment, no impairment is recognized. 

Environmental Issues: 

Environmental  expenditures  that  relate  to  current  operations  are  expensed  or  capitalized,  as  appropriate,  in 
accordance  with  FASB’s  guidance  on  environmental  remediation  liabilities.    Remediation  costs  that  relate  to  an 
existing condition caused by past operations are accrued when it is probable that these costs will be incurred and 
can be reasonably estimated. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: 

In  accordance  with  the  revised  FASB  guidance  for  business  combinations,  the  purchase  price  paid  to  effect  an 
acquisition is allocated to the acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities at fair value.  In accordance with 
FASB’s guidance for the accounting of goodwill and other intangible assets, we do not amortize goodwill and 
intangible assets with indefinite lives, but instead evaluate these assets for impairment at least annually, or when 
events  indicate  that  impairment  exists.  We  amortize  intangible  assets  that  have  definite  lives  so  that  the 
economic benefits of the intangible assets are being utilized over their weighted-average estimated useful life. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  impairment  analysis  of  goodwill  consists  first  of  a  review  of  various  qualitative  factors  of  the  identified 
reporting units to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its 
carrying  amount,  including  goodwill.  This  review  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,  an  evaluation  of  the 
macroeconomic,  industry  or  market,  and  cost  factors  relevant  to  the  reporting  unit  as  well  as  financial 
performance  and  entity  or  reporting  unit  events  that  may  affect  the  value  of  the  reporting  unit.  If  this  review 
leads to the determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its 
carrying amount, further impairment testing is not required. However, if this review cannot support a conclusion 
that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, or at our 
discretion,  quantitative  impairment  steps  are  performed.  This  qualitative  review  is  not  applied  to  our  other 
indefinite-lived intangible assets.  

The quantitative impairment test for goodwill consists of a comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit with 
the carrying amount of the reporting unit to which it is assigned.  If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its 
carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired.  If the carrying amount of a reporting 
unit  exceeds  its  fair  value,  a  second  step  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  shall  be  performed  to  measure  the 
amount of impairment loss, if any.  The impairment test for intangible assets with indefinite lives consists of a 
comparison  of  the  fair  value  of  the  intangible  assets  with  their  carrying  amounts.  If  the  carrying  value  of  the 
intangible  assets  exceeds  the  fair  value,  an  impairment  loss  shall  be  recognized  in  an  amount  equal  to  that 
excess.  We determine the fair value of the reporting unit for goodwill impairment testing based on a discounted 
cash  flow  model.   We  determine  the  fair  value  of  our  intangibles  assets  with  indefinite  lives  (trademarks) 
through the relief from a royalty income valuation approach. 

We conduct our annual impairment analysis for goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives in October of 
each  fiscal  year.   For  2011,  we  have  identified  five  goodwill  reporting  units  for  analysis.  We  performed  a 
qualitative analysis for four reporting units and determined it was more likely than not that the fair value of each 
reporting unit was greater than its respective carrying amount. Due to the narrow margin of passing the impairment 
testing in 2010, we elected to forego the qualitative assessment and perform quantitative impairment testing on our 
RedBlack  reporting  unit.  Although  this  analysis  did  not  indicate  impairment,  the  margin  of  passing  was  again 
narrow for our 2011 analysis. As a result, a potential full or partial impairment may occur in 2012 if the projected 
operating results are not achieved or if we cannot sell the reporting unit for at least its carrying value. One of the 
key assumptions for achieving the projected operational results includes significant revenue growth.  Although we 
are  projecting  revenue  growth,  we  have  determined  that  RedBlack  offers  limited  opportunities  to  achieve  the 
operating margin thresholds of our new business model.   As of December 31, 2011, the RedBlack reporting unit 
had a goodwill carrying value of $2,025. 

For 2011,  we identified four trademarks for testing and, as  a result of that testing,  no impairment  was  indicated. 
However,  due  to  the  narrow  margin  of  passing  the  testing  in  2011,  there  is  potential  that  the  McDowell  - 
Communications  Systems  trademark  may  become  partially  or  fully  impaired  in  2012  if  the  projected  revenue 
targets are not met. As of December 31, 2011, the McDowell - Communications Systems trademark had a carrying 
value of $2,400 

Stock-Based Compensation: 

We  follow  the  provisions  of  FASB’s  guidance  on  share-based  payments,  which  requires  that  compensation  cost 
relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in the financial statements.  The cost is measured at the 
grant  date,  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  award,  and  is  recognized  as  an  expense  over  the  employee’s  requisite 
service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award).  We calculate expected volatility for stock options 
by taking an average of historical volatility over the past five years and a computation of implied volatility.  The 
computation  of  expected  term  was  determined  based  on  historical  experience  of  similar  awards,  giving 
consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards and vesting schedules.  The interest rate for periods 
within the contractual life of the award is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant.   

Income Taxes: 

We apply FASB’s guidance in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are  determined  based  on  differences  between  financial  reporting  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  are 
measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that may be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. 

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, in the U.S. and the U.K., we continued to report a valuation allowance for our deferred tax 
assets  that  cannot  be  offset  by  reversing  temporary  differences.    This  results  from  the  conclusion  that  it  is  more 
likely than not that we would not be able to utilize our U.S. and U.K. NOL’s that had accumulated over time.  The 
recognition  of  a  valuation  allowance  on  our  deferred  tax  assets  resulted  from  our  evaluation  of  all  available 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
evidence, both positive and negative.  The assessment of the realizability of the NOL’s was based on a number of 
factors  including,  our  history  of  net  operating  losses,  the  volatility  of  our  earnings,  our  historical  operating 
volatility, our historical inability to accurately forecast earnings for future periods and the continued uncertainty of 
the general business climate as of the end of 2011.   We concluded that these factors represent sufficient negative 
evidence  and  have  concluded  that  we  should  record  a  full  valuation  allowance  under  FASB‘s  guidance  on  the 
accounting for income taxes.  In 2010 and 2009, we reported a valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets in 
China.    As  a  result  of  our  assessment  at  December  31,  2011,  there  is  no  longer  a  need  to  record  a  valuation 
allowance  for  the  Chinese  deferred  tax  assets  as  we  determined  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  they  will  be 
realized.  We are more likely than not to fully utilize the NOL in China and therefore have removed the immaterial 
valuation  allowance  during  2011.    We  continually  assess  the  carrying  value  of  this  asset  based  on  relevant 
accounting standards. 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

We are exposed to various market risks in the normal course of business, primarily interest rate risk and foreign 
currency risk.   Our primary interest rate risk is derived from our outstanding variable-rate credit facility.  In connection with 
our credit facility with RBS, at December 31, 2011, the interest rate is variable based on LIBOR plus 3.00%.  The impact of 
a one percentage point change in the interest rate associated with the RBS credit facility would not have a material impact on 
our interest expense. 

We are subject to  foreign  currency risk, due to  fluctuations  in currencies relative to  the U.S. dollar.  In  the  year 
ended December 31, 2011, approximately 89.7% of our sales were denominated in U.S. dollars.  The remainder of our sales 
was  denominated  in  U.K.  pounds  sterling,  euros,  Australian  dollars,  Canadian  dollars,  Indian  rupee  and  Chinese  yuan 
renminbi.  A 10% change in the value of the pound sterling, the euro, Australian dollar, Canadian dollar, the rupee or the 
yuan  renminbi  to  the  U.S.  dollar  would  have  impacted  our  revenues  during  such  period  by  approximately  1.0%.      We 
monitor  the  relationship  between  the  U.S.  dollar  and  other  currencies  on  a  continuous  basis  and  adjust  sales  prices  for 
products  and  services  sold  in  these  foreign  currencies  as  appropriate  to  safeguard  against  the  fluctuations  in  the  currency 
relative to the U.S. dollar. 

We  currently  do  not  utilize  derivative  or  other  similar  financial  instruments  to  hedge  our  interest  rate  or  foreign 

currency risks.   

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The financial statements and schedules listed in Item 15(a)(1) and (2) are included in this Report beginning on page 

46. 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,  
   BDO USA, LLP 

Consolidated Financial Statements:   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 

2010 and 2009 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity and Accumulated Other 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 
2010 and 2009 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011,  

2010 and 2009 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   

Financial Statement Schedules: 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Page 

45 

46 

47 

48 

49 

50 

88 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Ultralife Corporation 
Newark, New York 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance  sheets of Ultralife Corporation as of December 31, 2011  and 
2010  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  changes  in  shareholders’  equity  and  accumulated  other 
comprehensive  income  (loss),  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2011.    In 
connection with our audits of the financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule listed in the 
accompanying  index.    These  financial  statements  and  schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  Ultralife  Corporation’s 
management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States).    Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting 
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements  and  schedule,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and 
schedule.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of Ultralife Corporation at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for 
each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2011,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America. 

Also,  in  our  opinion,  the  financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated  financial 
statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States),  Ultralife  Corporation's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2011,  based  on  criteria 
established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 13, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Troy, Michigan 
March 13, 2012 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ULTRALIFE CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in Thousands, Excep t Per Share Amounts)

AS S ETS

Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents
   Restricted cash
   Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for
      doubtful accounts of $683 and $490, resp ectively
   Inventories 
   Due from insurance comp any
   Deferred tax asset - current
   Income taxes receivable
   Prep aid exp enses and other current assets

       Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Other assets:
  Goodwill
  Intangible assets, net
  Security  dep osits and other long-term assets

December 31,

2011

2010

$               

5,320
166

$               

4,641
464

19,903
34,967
1,730
161
220
1,766

64,233

12,588

18,356
5,533
105
23,994

34,270
33,122
1,000
208
-
1,949

75,654

14,485

18,276
6,150
270
24,696

Total Assets

$           

100,815

$           

114,835

LIABILITIES  AND S HAREHOLDERS ' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
   Current p ortion of debt and cap ital lease obligations
   Accounts p ay able
   Income taxes p ay able
   Accrued comp ensation
   Accrued vacation
   Deferred revenue
   Deferred tax liability  - current
   Other current liabilities
       Total current liabilities

Long-term liabilities:
   Debt and cap ital lease obligations
   Deferred tax liability  - long-term
   Other long-term liabilities
       Total long-term liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

S hareholders' equity:
  Ultralife equity :
     Preferred stock, p ar value $0.10 p er share, authorized 1,000,000 shares;
        none issued and outstanding
     Common stock, p ar value $0.10 p er share, authorized 40,000,000 shares;
        issued - 18,716,921 and 18,639,683, resp ectively
     Cap ital in excess of p ar value
     Accumulated other comp rehensive income (loss)
     Accumulated deficit

     Less --Treasury  stock, at cost - 1,372,757 and 1,371,900 shares outstanding, resp ectively
        Total Ultralife equity

  Noncontrolling interest
        Total shareholders' equity

$                      
-
13,766
11
1,394
784
1,786
187
5,230
23,158

$               

8,717
16,338
54
1,701
681
2,887
-
5,967
36,345

-
4,170
261
4,431

251
3,906
538
4,695

-

-

1,874
172,309
(985)
(92,280)
80,918

7,658
73,260

(34)
73,226

1,865
171,020
(1,262)
(90,200)
81,423

7,652
73,771

24
73,795

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

$           

100,815

$           

114,835

The accomp any ing Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral p art of these statements.

46 

 
 
 
                    
                    
                        
               
               
                 
                 
                    
                    
               
                      
                 
                 
                    
                    
                 
                 
                        
                        
                    
                 
                 
                    
                    
                 
                 
                        
                        
                 
                 
             
             
                  
               
             
             
 
                 
                 
                      
ULTRALIFE CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEM ENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

Revenues
Cost of products sold

Gross profit

Operating expenses:
  Research and development (including $313, $409 and $448 of
     amortization of intangible assets, respectively)
  Selling, general, and administrative (including $314, $408 and $496 of
     amortization of intangible assets, respectively)

Total operating expenses

Operating income (loss)

Other income (expense):
  Interest income
  Interest expense
  M iscellaneous

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

Income tax provision (benefit) - current
Income tax provision - deferred
  Total income taxes provision (benefit)

2011

Years Ended December 31,
2010

2009

$          

139,386
103,993

$              

166,819
120,163

$               

154,295
118,986

35,393

46,656

35,309

8,595

24,323
32,918

2,475

5
(559)
171
2,092

32
496
528

8,755

26,039
34,794

11,862

-
(1,138)
145
10,869

(557)
258
(299)

9,451

29,407
38,858

(3,549)

21
(1,452)
(23)
(5,003)

31
171
202

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

1,564

11,168

(5,205)

Discontinued operations:
  Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss)

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

(3,702)

(2,138)

58

(17,377)

(6,209)

30

(4,026)

(9,231)

(10)

Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife

$             

(2,080)

$                

(6,179)

$                 

(9,241)

Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shareholders - basic
  Continuing operations
  Discontinued operations
  Total

$                
$               
$               

0.09
(0.21)
(0.12)

$                    
$                  
$                  

0.65
(1.01)
(0.36)

$                   
$                   
$                   

(0.31)
(0.23)
(0.54)

Net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common shareholders - diluted
  Continuing operations
  Discontinued operations

$                
$               

0.09
(0.21)

$                    
$                  

0.65
(1.01)

$                   
$                   

(0.31)
(0.23)

  Total

$               

(0.12)

$                  

(0.36)

$                   

(0.54)

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

17,304

17,336

17,157

17,166

16,989

16,989

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

47 

 
 
 
                 
                   
                
                    
                     
              
                  
                   
                   
 
                   
 
 
 
 
 
                       
                       
                          
                  
                  
                   
                   
                       
                        
                   
 
 
 
 
                     
                     
                          
                   
                       
                        
                   
                     
                        
                
                  
                   
               
                
                   
               
                  
                   
                     
                         
                        
                   
              
                  
                   
 
ULTRALIFE CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)

Common Stock

Number
of Shares

Amount

Capital in
excess of
Par Value

Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment

Other 
Unrealized
Net Gain (Loss) 

Accumulated 
Deficit

Treasury
Stock

Noncontrolling
Interest

Total

Balance as of December 31, 2008

18,227,009

$         

1,815

$              

167,259

$              

(1,918)

$                         

(12)

$              

(74,780)

$         

(4,232)

$                      

21

$             

88,153

Comprehensive loss:
Net loss
    Other comprehensive income (loss):
      Foreign currency translation adjustments
      Unrealized loss on interest rate swap arrangements
         Other comprehensive income
Comprehensive loss
Investment in India JV by noncontrolling interest
Short-swing profit recovery
Stock-based compensation related to stock options
Shares issued and compensation under restricted stock grants
Shares purchased in connection with stock repurchase program
Shares issued in connection with AMTI acquisition
Shares issued to directors
Shares issued under stock option and warrant exercises

(9,241)

662

12

10

23

(9,231)

662
12
674
(8,557)
23
6
964
100
(3,326)
136
266
349

-

(3,326)

7,756
-
21,340
46,339
82,472

-
-
2
5
9

6
964
100
-
134
261
340

Balance as of December 31, 2009

18,384,916

$         

1,831

$              

169,064

$              

(1,256)

$                             
-

$              

(84,021)

$         

(7,558)

$                      

54

$             

78,114

Comprehensive loss:
Net loss
    Other comprehensive income (loss):
      Foreign currency translation adjustments
         Other comprehensive loss
Comprehensive loss
Stock-based compensation related to stock options
Shares issued (cancelled) and compensation under restricted stock grants
Shares issued in connection with US Energy acquisition contingent earn-out
Shares issued to directors
Shares issued under stock option and warrant exercises

(27,535)
200,000
66,301
16,001

-
20
13
1

670
92
838
302
54

(6,179)

(30)

(6)

-
(94)

(6,209)

(6)
(6)
(6,215)
670
(2)
858
315
55

Balance as of December 31, 2010

18,639,683

$         

1,865

$              

171,020

$              

(1,262)

$                             
-

$              

(90,200)

$         

(7,652)

$                      

24

$             

73,795

Comprehensive loss:
Net loss
    Other comprehensive income (loss):
      Foreign currency translation adjustments
         Other comprehensive income
Comprehensive loss
Stock-based compensation related to stock options
Shares issued (cancelled) and compensation under restricted stock grants
Shares issued to directors
Shares issued under stock option exercises

277

(2,080)

(58)

(2,905)
61,643
18,500

-
7
2

946
(27)
299
71

-
(6)

(2,138)

277
277
(1,861)
946
(33)
306
73

Balance as of December 31, 2010

18,716,921

$         

1,874

$              

172,309

$                 

(985)

$                             
-

$              

(92,280)

$         

(7,658)

$                     

(34)

$             

73,226

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

48 

 
 
         
                  
                        
                
                    
                    
                            
                      
                    
                
                        
                      
                           
                        
                       
                    
                    
                  
                  
                       
                    
                          
                  
                            
           
                
                
                  
                       
                    
                
                  
                       
                    
                
                  
                       
                    
         
                  
                       
                
                       
                       
                       
                
                       
                    
                    
               
                  
                         
                
                       
              
                
                       
                    
                
                
                       
                    
                
                  
                         
                      
         
                  
                       
                
                    
                    
                    
                
                       
                    
                    
                 
                  
                        
                  
                     
                
                  
                       
                    
                
                  
                         
                      
         
 
ULTRALIFE CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in Thousands)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) from continuing operations
  to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of financing fees
Amortization of intangible assets
(Gain) loss on long-lived asset disposal and write-offs
Foreign exchange (gain) loss
Gain on litigation settlement
Non-cash stock-based compensation
Changes in deferred income taxes
Provision for loss on accounts receivable
Provision for inventory obsolescence
Provision for warranty charges
Provision for workers' compenstion obligation
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable
   Inventories
   Income taxes receivable
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets
   Insurance receivable relating to fires
   Income taxes payable
   Accounts payable and other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations
Net cash provided by operating activities from discontinued operations
Net cash provided by operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property and equipment
Proceeds from asset disposal
Change in restricted cash
Payment for acquired companies, net of cash acquired
Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations
Net cash provided from (used in) investing activities from discontinued operations
Net cash used in investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net change in revolving credit facilities
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Proceeds from issuance of debt
Principal payments on debt and capital lease obligations
Purchase of treasury stock
Short-swing profit recovery
Net cash used in financing activities from continuing operations
Net cash used in financing activities from discontinued operations
Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

Change in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

2011

Year Ended December 31,
2010

2009

$             

(2,138)
3,702

$             

(6,209)
17,377

$                  

(9,231)
4,026

3,692
627
76
(95)
-
1,225
496
237
1,537
591
(217)

14,081
(5,453)
(220)
232
(1,730)
(43)
(5,677)
10,923
39
10,962

(2,362)
28
298
(50)
(2,086)
87
(1,999)

(8,541)
73
-

(8)

-
-
(8,476)
(128)
(8,604)

320

679

4,641

3,705
817
(217)
(124)
-
1,077
258
(216)
387
602
(303)

(3,096)
2,113
-
(737)
-
26
(4,730)
10,730
179
10,909

(1,762)
445
(464)
(137)
(1,918)
(33)
(1,951)

(6,959)
55
-
(3,574)
-
-
(10,478)
(151)
(10,629)

218

(1,453)

6,094

3,866
944
79
49
(1,256)
1,330
171
188
1,123
436
170

(125)
5,527
-
(99)
-
(554)
(4,829)
1,815
217
2,032

(1,820)
-
-
(6,766)
(8,586)
(215)
(8,801)

15,500
349
751
(2,359)
(3,326)
6
10,921
(160)
10,761

224

4,216

1,878

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$              

5,320

$              

4,641

$                    

6,094

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid for interest

Cash paid for income taxes

Noncash investing and financing activities:
   Issuance of common stock for acquired companies

$                 

413

$                 

845

$                    

1,289

$                 

295

$                     
1

$                       

605

$                  
-

$                 

858

$                       
-

   Purchase of property and equipment via capital lease payable

$                  
-

$                 

303

$                       

102

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

49 

 
                
              
                      
                
                
                      
                   
                   
                         
                     
                  
                           
                    
                  
                           
                    
                    
                    
                
                
                      
                   
                   
                         
                   
                  
                         
                
                   
                      
                   
                   
                         
                  
                  
                         
              
               
                       
               
                
                      
                  
                    
                         
                   
                  
                         
               
                    
                         
                    
                     
                       
               
               
                    
              
              
                      
                     
                   
                         
              
              
                      
               
               
                    
                     
                   
                         
                   
                  
                         
                    
                  
                    
               
               
                    
                     
                    
                       
               
               
                    
               
               
                    
                     
                     
                         
                    
                    
                         
                      
               
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                    
                             
               
             
                    
                  
                  
                       
               
             
                    
                   
                   
                         
                   
               
                      
                
                
                      
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts) 

Note 1 - Summary of Operations and Significant Accounting Policies  

a. 

Description of Business  

We  offer  products  and  services  ranging  from  portable  and  standby  power  solutions  to  communications  and 
electronics  systems.    Through  our  engineering  and  collaborative  approach  to  problem  solving,  we  serve  government, 
defense  and  commercial  customers  across  the  globe.    We  design,  manufacture,  install  and  maintain  power  and 
communications  systems  including:  rechargeable  and  non-rechargeable  batteries,  communications  and  electronics 
systems  and  accessories,  and  custom  engineered  systems  and  solutions.    We  sell  our  products  worldwide  through  a 
variety  of  trade  channels,  including  original  equipment  manufacturers  (“OEMs”),  industrial  and  retail  distributors, 
national retailers and directly to U.S. and international defense departments. 

b. 

Principles of Consolidation  

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in 
the United States and include the accounts of Ultralife Corporation, our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Ultralife Batteries (UK) 
Ltd.  (“Ultralife  UK”),  ABLE  New  Energy  Co.,  Limited,  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary  ABLE  New  Energy  Co.,  Ltd. 
(“ABLE” collectively), RedBlack Communications, Inc. (“RedBlack”) and Ultralife Energy Services Corporation (“UES”), 
and  our  majority-owned  subsidiary  Ultralife  Batteries  India  Private  Limited  (“India  JV”).    Intercompany  accounts  and 
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  Investments in entities in which we do not have a controlling interest are 
accounted for using the equity method, if our interest is greater than 20%.  Investments in entities in which we have less than 
a 20% ownership interest are accounted for using the cost method. 

c. 

Management's Use of Judgment and Estimates  

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires 
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at year end and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.   
Key areas affected by estimates include: (a) reserves for deferred tax assets, excess and obsolete inventory, warranties, and 
bad debts; (b) profitability on development contracts; (c) various expense accruals; (d) stock-based compensation; and, (e) 
carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets.  Our actual results could differ from these estimates.  

d. 

Reclassifications 

Certain items previously reported in specific financial statement captions have been reclassified to conform to the 

current presentation. 

e. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For  purposes  of  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows,  we  consider  all  demand  deposits  with  financial 
institutions and financial instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.  For purposes 
of  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet,  the  carrying  value  approximates  fair  value  because  of  the  short  maturity  of  these 
instruments. 

f. 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

  We extend credit to our customers in the normal course of business. We perform ongoing credit evaluations and 
generally do not require collateral.  Trade accounts receivable are recorded at their invoiced amounts, net of allowance for 
doubtful accounts.  We evaluate the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts quarterly.   Accounts outstanding 
longer  than  contractual  payment  terms  are  considered  past  due  and  are  reviewed  individually  for  collectability.    We 
maintain  reserves  for  potential  credit  losses  based  upon  our  loss  history  and  specific  receivables  aging  analysis. 
Receivable balances are written off when collection is deemed unlikely. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as 

follows: 

2011 

2010 

2009 

Balance at beginning of year 
Amounts charged (credited) to expense 
Amounts credited to other accounts 

Uncollectible accounts written-off, net of recovery 

Balance at end of year 

$   490 
237 
(2) 

(42) 

$   683 

$1,024 
(216) 
(7) 

(311) 

$   490 

$1,086 
188 
(42) 

(208) 

$1,024 

g. 

Inventories  

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined under the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  
We  record  provisions  for  excess,  obsolete  or  slow-moving  inventory  based  on  changes  in  customer  demand,  technology 
developments or other economic factors. 

h. 

Property, Plant and Equipment  

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Estimated useful lives are as follows: 

Buildings 
Machinery and Equipment   
Furniture and Fixtures 
Computer Hardware and Software 
Leasehold Improvements 

10 – 20 years 
5 – 10 years 
3 – 10 years 
3 – 5 years 
Lesser of useful life or lease term 

Depreciation  and  amortization  are  computed  using  the  straight-line  method.    Betterments,  renewals  and 
extraordinary  repairs  that  extend  the  life  of  the  assets  are  capitalized.    Other  repairs  and  maintenance  costs  are  expensed 
when  incurred.    When  disposed,  the  cost  and  accumulated  depreciation  applicable  to  assets  retired  are  removed  from  the 
accounts and the gain or loss on disposition is recognized in operating income (expense). 

i. 

Long-Lived Assets, Goodwill and Intangibles 

 We regularly assess all of our long-lived assets  for impairment  when events or circumstances indicate that  their 
carrying  amounts  may  not  be  recoverable.    For  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  amortizable  intangible  assets,  this  is 
accomplished by comparing the expected undiscounted future cash flows of the assets with the respective carrying amount as 
of  the  date  of  assessment.    Should  aggregate  future  cash  flows  be  less  than  the  carrying  value,  a  write-down  would  be 
required, measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the asset. Fair value is estimated either 
through the assistance of an independent valuation or as the present value of expected discounted future cash flows.  The 
discount rate used by us in our evaluation approximates our weighted average cost of capital.  If the expected undiscounted 
future cash flows exceed the respective carrying amount as of the date of assessment, no impairment is recognized.   As a 
result of this assessment, we recognized a non-cash impairment of $269 and $4,250 in property, plant and equipment and 
amortizable intangible assets, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2010.  (See Note 3 for additional information.)  
We did not record any material impairments of long-lived assets in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2009. 

In  accordance  with  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board’s  (“FASB”)  guidance  for  goodwill  and  other 
intangible assets, we do not amortize goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives, but instead measure these assets 
for impairment at least annually, or when events indicate that impairment exists. We amortize intangible assets that have 
definite  lives  so  that  the  economic  benefits  of  the  intangible  assets  are  being  utilized  over  their  weighted-average 
estimated useful life.   

The  impairment  analysis  of  goodwill  consists  first  of  a  review  of  various  qualitative  factors  of  the  identified 
reporting units to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying 
amount, including goodwill. This review includes, but is not limited to, an evaluation of the macroeconomic, industry or 
market, and cost factors relevant to the reporting unit as well as financial performance and entity or reporting unit events 
that may affect the value of the reporting unit. If this review leads to the determination that it is more likely than not that 
the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, further impairment testing is not required. However, 
if this review cannot support a conclusion that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater 
51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
than its carrying amount, or at our discretion, quantitative impairment steps are performed. This qualitative review is not 
applied to our other indefinite-lived intangible assets.  

The quantitative impairment test for goodwill consists of a comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit with 
the carrying amount of the reporting unit to which it is assigned.  If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying 
amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired.  If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its 
fair value, a second step of the goodwill impairment test shall be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if 
any.   The  impairment  test  for  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  consists  of  a  comparison  of  the  fair  value  of  the 
intangible  assets  with  their  carrying  amounts.  If  the  carrying  value  of  the  intangible  assets  exceeds  the  fair  value,  an 
impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  We determine the fair value of the reporting unit 
for goodwill impairment testing based on a discounted cash flow model.  We determine the fair value of our intangibles 
assets with indefinite lives (trademarks) through the relief from a royalty income valuation approach.  

As  a  result  of  this  assessment,  we  recognized  a  non-cash  impairment  of  $7,974  and  $1,300  in  goodwill  and 
intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives,  respectively,  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010.    (See  Note  3  for  additional 
information.)    There  were  no  impairments  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  lives  in  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2011 and 2009. 

Based on the final valuations for amortizable intangible assets acquired in the AMTI acquisition during 2009, 
and the ABLE and McDowell acquisitions during 2006, we project our amortization expense will be approximately $496, 
$401, $308, $228 and $167 for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2012 through 2016, respectively. 

j. 

Translation of Foreign Currency  

The  financial  statements  of  our  foreign  affiliates  are  translated  into  U.S.  dollar  equivalents  in  accordance  with 
FASB’s  guidance  for  foreign  currency  translation,  with  translation  adjustments  recorded  as  a  component  of  accumulated 
other comprehensive income.  Exchange gains (losses) relate to foreign currency transactions included in net income (loss) 
for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $95, $124, and $(49), respectively. 

k. 

Revenue Recognition  

Product Sales – In general, revenues from the sale of products are recognized when products are shipped. When 
products  are  shipped  with  terms  that  require  transfer  of  title  upon  delivery  at  a  customer’s  location,  revenues  are 
recognized on the date of delivery.  A provision is made at the time the revenue is recognized for warranty costs expected 
to be incurred. Customers, including distributors, do not have a general right of return on products shipped.   

Services – Revenue from the sale of installation services is recognized upon customer acceptance, generally the date 
of installation.   Revenue from  fixed  price  engineering  contracts  is recognized on a proportional method, measured  by  the 
percentage  of  actual  costs  incurred  to  total  estimated  costs  to  complete  the  contract.    Revenue  from  time  and  material 
engineering contracts is recognized as work progresses through monthly billings of time and materials as they are applied 
to the work pursuant to the terms in the respective contract.  Revenue from customer maintenance agreements is recognized 
using the straight-line method over the term of the related agreements, which range from six months to three years. 

Technology Contracts – We recognize revenue using the proportional effort method based on the relationship of 
costs incurred to date to the total estimated cost to complete the contract. Elements of cost include direct material, labor and 
overhead.  If a loss on a contract is estimated, the full amount of the loss is recognized immediately.  We allocate costs to all 
technology  contracts  based  upon  actual  costs  incurred  including  an  allocation  of  certain  research  and  development  costs 
incurred.  

Deferred Revenue – For each source of revenues, we defer recognition if: i) evidence of an agreement does not 
exist, ii) delivery or service has not occurred, iii) the selling price is not fixed or determinable, or iv) collectability is not 
reasonably assured. 

l. 

Warranty Reserves 

 We  estimate  future  costs  associated  with  expected  product  failure  rates,  material  usage  and  service  costs  in  the 
development  of  our  warranty  obligations.    Warranty  reserves,  included  in  other  current  liabilities  and  other  long-term 
liabilities as applicable on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, are based on historical experience of warranty claims.  In the 
event the actual results of these items differ from the estimates, an adjustment to the warranty obligation would be recorded. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
m. 

Shipping and Handling Costs  

Costs incurred by us related to shipping and handling are included in cost of products sold.  Amounts charged to 

customers pertaining to these costs are reflected as revenue. 

n. 

Advertising Expenses 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the 
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.  Such expenses amounted to $792, $1,200, and $1,090 for the years 
ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. 

o. 

Research and Development  

Research  and  development  expenditures  are  charged  to  operations  as  incurred.    The  majority  of  research  and 

development expenses pertain to salaries and benefits, developmental supplies, depreciation and other contracted services. 

In  2011,  we  in  entered  into  a  collaboration  agreement  with  The  New  York  State  Energy  Research  and 
Development  Authority  (“NYSERDA”),  to  develop  and  demonstrate  a  large  hybrid  grid-connected  energy  storage 
system.  As  part  of  this  agreement,  we  will  construct  and  use  a  prototype  energy  storage  system  at  our  Corporate 
Headquarters in Newark, New York.  Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, NYSERDA will reimburse us for certain 
construction  and  project  research  and  development  costs.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  recoveries  from 
NYSERDA for construction costs and project research and development costs were $254 and $56, respectively, and are 
reflected in the property, plant and equipment, net line on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 
the research and development line on our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011, 
respectively. 

p. 

Environmental Costs  

Environmental  expenditures  that  relate  to  current  operations  are  expensed  or  capitalized,  as  appropriate,  in 
accordance  with  FASB’s  guidance  on  environmental  remediation  liabilities.    Remediation  costs  that  relate  to  an  existing 
condition caused by past operations are accrued when it is probable that these costs will be incurred and can be reasonably 
estimated. 

q. 

Income Taxes 

The asset and liability  method, prescribed by  FASB’s  guidance  for the  Accounting for Income Taxes, is  used in 
accounting  for  income  taxes.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  differences 
between financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that 
are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.   

A valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that the recorded value of a deferred tax asset will 
not be realized.   As of December 31, 2011, we continued to recognize a valuation allowance on our net deferred tax asset to 
the  extent  they  are  not  able  to  be  offset  by  future  reversing  temporary  differences,  based  on  a  consistent  evaluation 
methodology that was used for 2009 and 2010.  The assessment of the realizability of the U.S. NOL was based on a number 
of factors including, our history of net operating losses, the volatility of our earnings, our historical operating volatility, our 
historical inability to accurately  forecast earnings for  future  periods and  the  continued uncertainty of the  general business 
climate as of the end of 2011.   We concluded that these factors represent sufficient negative evidence and have concluded 
that we should record a full valuation allowance under FASB‘s guidance on the accounting for income taxes.  For the years 
ended  December  31,  2009  and  2010,  we also  recorded  a  valuation  allowance  on  our  net  deferred  tax  asset.    A  valuation 
allowance  was required for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 related to our U.K. subsidiary due to the 
history  of  losses  at  that  facility.    A  valuation  allowance  was  required  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2010  and  2009 
related  to  our  ABLE  subsidiary  due  to  the  history  of  losses  at  that  facility.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  we 
determined that it is more likely than not that we will fully utilize the NOL related to our ABLE subsidiary and therefore 
have removed the immaterial valuation allowance during 2011. 

We have adopted the provisions of FASB’s  guidance  for  the  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in Income Taxes.   We 
have recorded no liability for income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits during 2009 and 2010.  In 2011, we 
had unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions which have been recorded as a decrease in our NOL.  We 
have not recorded any interest or penalty in regard to any  unrecognized benefit.  Interest and penalties  would begin to 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
accrue in the period in which the NOL’s related to the uncertain tax positions are utilized.  Our policy regarding interest 
and/or penalties related to income tax matters is to recognize such items as a component of income tax expense (benefit).   

r. 

Concentration Related to Customers and Suppliers 

 During the year ended December 31, 2011, we had one major customer, Harris Corporation which comprised 21% 
of our revenue.  During the year ended December 31, 2010, we had two major customers, U.S. Department of Defense and 
Port Electronics Corp., which comprised 12% and 11% of our revenue, respectively.  During the year ended December 31, 
2009, we had two major customers, the U.S. Department of Defense and Harris Corporation, which comprised 29% and 11% 
of our revenue, respectively.  There were no other customers that comprised greater than 10% of our total revenues during 
the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. 

We have no customers that comprised greater than 10% of our trade accounts receivables as of December 31, 2011 

and 2010. 

Currently, we do not experience significant seasonal trends in our revenues.  However, a downturn in the U.S. 
economy,  such  as  the  one  that  we  recently  experienced,  or  lower  demand  from  the  U.S.,  U.K.  and  other  foreign 
governments could result in lower sales. 

 We  generally  do  not  distribute  our  products  to  a  concentrated  geographical  area  nor  is  there  a  significant 
concentration  of  credit  risks  arising  from  individuals  or  groups  of  customers  engaged  in  similar  activities,  or  who  have 
similar economic characteristics. While sales to the U.S. Department of Defense have been substantial during  2011, 2010 
and 2009, we do not consider this customer to be a significant credit risk.   We do not normally obtain collateral on trade 
accounts receivable. 

Certain  materials  and  components  used  in  our  products  are  available  only  from  a  single  or  a  limited  number  of 
suppliers.  As  such,  some  materials  and  components  could  become  in  short  supply  resulting  in  limited  availability  and/or 
increased  costs.  Additionally,  we  may  elect  to  develop  relationships  with  a  single  or  limited  number  of  suppliers  for 
materials and components that are otherwise generally available.  Although we believe that alternative suppliers are available 
to supply materials and components that could replace materials and components currently used and that, if necessary, we 
would be able to redesign our products to make use of such alternatives, any interruption in the supply from any supplier that 
serves as a sole source could delay product shipments and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
and results of operations.  We have experienced interruptions of product deliveries by sole source suppliers in the past. 

s. 

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures  

The  FASB  guidance  for  fair  value  measurements  provides  a  framework  for  measuring  fair  value  and  requires 
expanded disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an 
asset or the exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly 
transaction  between  market  participants  on  the  measurement  date.  This  accounting  standard  established  a  fair  value 
hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs, where available. The following summarizes 
the three levels of inputs required.  

Level 1:  Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.  

Level 2:  Observable inputs, other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices 
in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or that we corroborate with observable market 
data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities.   

Level 3:  Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity that are significant to the fair value of the assets or 

liabilities. 

FASB’s guidance for the disclosure regarding fair value of financial instruments requires disclosure of an estimate 
of the fair value of certain financial instruments.  The fair value of financial instruments pursuant to FASB’s guidance for the 
disclosure regarding fair value of financial instruments approximated their carrying values at December 31, 2011 and 2010.  
The  fair  value  of  cash,  trade  accounts  receivable,  trade  accounts  payable,  accrued  liabilities,  and  our  revolving  credit 
facility approximates carrying value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.  The estimated fair value of other 
long-term debt and capital lease obligations approximates carrying value due to the variable nature of the interest rates or 
the stated interest rates approximating current interest rates that are available for debt with similar terms. 

54 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
t. 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share 

On January 1, 2009, we adopted the provisions of FASB’s guidance for determining whether instruments granted in 

share-based payment transactions are participating securities.  The guidance requires that all outstanding unvested share-
based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (such as restricted stock awards 
granted by us) be considered participating securities.  Because the restricted stock awards are participating securities, we are 
required to apply the two-class method of computing basic and diluted earnings per share (the “Two-Class Method”).  The 
retrospective application of the provisions of FASB’s guidance did not change the prior period earnings per share (“EPS”) 
amount. 

Basic EPS is determined using the Two-Class Method and is computed by dividing earnings attributable to Ultralife 
common shareholders by the weighted-average shares outstanding during the period.  The Two-Class Method is an earnings 
allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of common stock and participating security according to 
dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings.  Diluted EPS includes the dilutive effect of securities, if 
any, and reflects the more dilutive EPS amount calculated using the treasury stock method or the Two-Class Method.  For 
the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, both the Two-Class Method and the treasury stock method calculations 
for diluted EPS yielded the same result. 

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is summarized as follows: 

Net Income (Loss) from continuing operations 
     attributable to Ultralife 
Net Income (Loss) from continuing operations 
     attributable to participating securities (unvested 
     restricted stock awards) (3,000, 18,000 and -0- 
     shares, respectively) 
Net Income (Loss) from continuing operations 
     attributable to Ultralife common shareholders (a) 
Effect of Dilutive Securities: 
     Convertible Notes Payable 
Net Income (Loss) from continuing operations 
     attributable to Ultralife common shareholders – 
     Adjusted (b) 

Net Income (Loss) from discontinued operations 
     attributable to Ultralife common shareholders (c) 
Effect of Dilutive Securities: 
     Convertible Notes Payable 
Net Income (Loss) from discontinued operations 
     attributable to Ultralife common shareholders – 
     Adjusted (d) 

        Years Ended December 31, 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$   1,622  

$  11,198 

$  (5,215)  

- 

(12) 

- 

1,622 

11,186 

(5,215) 

- 

- 

- 

$   1,622 

$  11,186 

$  (5,215) 

$  (3,702)  

$ (17,377) 

$  (4,026)  

- 

- 

- 

$  (3,702) 

$ (17,377) 

$  (4,026) 

Average Common Shares Outstanding – Basic (e) 
Effect of Dilutive Securities: 
     Stock Options / Warrants 
     Convertible Notes Payable 
Average Common Shares Outstanding – Diluted (f) 

17,304 

32 
- 
17,336 

17,157 

16,989 

9 
- 
17,166 

- 
- 
16,989 

EPS – Basic (a/e) – continuing operations 
EPS – Basic (c/e) – discontinued operations 
EPS – Diluted (b/f) – continuing operations 
EPS – Diluted (d/f) – discontinued operations 

$      0.09 
$     (0.21) 
$      0.09 
$     (0.21) 

$       0.65 
$      (1.01) 
$       0.65 
$      (1.01) 

$     (0.31) 
$     (0.23) 
$     (0.31) 
$     (0.23) 

There  were 2,105,228 outstanding stock options,  warrants and restricted stock awards  as  of December 31, 2011, 
that were not included in EPS as the effect would be anti-dilutive. The dilutive effect of 252,218 outstanding stock options, 
warrants  and  restricted  stock  awards  were  included  in  the  dilution  computation  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011.  
55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There were 1,762,265 outstanding stock options, warrants and restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2010, that were 
not included in EPS as the effect would be anti-dilutive. The dilutive effect of 49,477 outstanding stock options, warrants and 
restricted  stock  awards  were  included  in  the  dilution  computation  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2010.    There  were 
1,833,134 outstanding stock options, warrants and restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2009, that were not included 
in EPS as the effect would be anti-dilutive. We also had 236,919 shares of common stock at December 31, 2009 reserved 
under convertible notes payable, which were not included in EPS as the effect would be anti-dilutive.  For the year ended 
December 31, 2009, diluted earnings (loss) per share was the equivalent of basic earnings (loss) per share due to the net loss. 

u. 

Stock-Based Compensation  

We have various stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 7.   We follow 
the provisions of FASB’s guidance on share-based payments, which requires that compensation cost relating to share-based 
payment  transactions be recognized  in the  financial  statements.  The cost  is  measured at  the  grant date, based on the  fair 
value  of  the  award,  and  is  recognized  as  an  expense  over  the  employee’s  requisite  service  period  (generally  the  vesting 
period of the equity award).   

v. 

Segment Reporting 

We  report  segment  information  in  accordance  with  FASB’s  guidance  on  Disclosures  about  Segments  of  an 
Enterprise and Related Information.   We have two operating segments.  The basis for determining our operating segments is 
the  manner  in  which  financial  information  is  used  by  us  in  our  operations.    Management  operates  and  organizes  itself 
according to business units that comprise unique products and services across geographic locations. 

On January 1, 2011, we began to report chargers in the Battery & Energy Products segment, to better align the 
portfolio of chargers with customers for those products and with how we manage our business operations.  Previously, we 
had reported chargers in the Communications Systems segment. 

On March 8, 2011, our senior management, as authorized by our Board of Directors, decided to exit our Energy 
Services  business,  which  previously  was  a  stand  alone  business  segment.    See  Note  2  in  these  Notes  to  Condensed 
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.  

w. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements   

In  September  2011,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2011-08,  “Intangibles  – 
Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment”.   ASU No. 2011-08 permits entities to  first assess 
qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its 
carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test.  An 
entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is more likely 
than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount.  ASU No. 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill 
impairment tests performed for years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted.  We adopted this 
standard during our annual  impairment review process in  the  fourth quarter of 2011. Adoption of this standard did not 
have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. 

In  June  2011,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2011-05,  “Comprehensive  Income  (Topic  220):  Presentation  of 
Comprehensive Income”.  ASU No. 2011-05 requires entities to present the components of other comprehensive income 
either  in  a  single  continuous  statement  of  comprehensive  income  or  in  two  separate  but  consecutive  statements  of  net 
income  and  other  comprehensive  income.  ASU  No.  2011-05  eliminates  the  option  to  present  the  components  of  other 
comprehensive  income  as  part  of  the  statement  of  changes  in  shareholders’  equity,  which  is  our  current  presentation. 
Further,  in  December  2011,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2011-12  “Comprehensive  Income  (Topic 220):  Deferral  of  the 
Effective  Date  for  Amendments  to  the  Presentation  of  Reclassifications  of  Items  Out  of  Accumulated  Other 
Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” This update defers the effective date of ASU No. 
2011-05’s requirement to present on the face of the financial statements reclassification adjustments for each component 
of accumulated other comprehensive income in both net income and other comprehensive income so that the FASB can 
reconsider  those  requirements  during  calendar  2012.  These  standards  will  be  effective  retrospectively  for  annual  and 
interim  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2011,  with  early  adoption  permitted.   The  adoption  of  the 
standards  will  only  impact  the  presentation  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  is  not  expected  to  result  in  a 
material impact on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. 

In  December  2010,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2010-29,  “Business  Combinations  (Topic  805):  Disclosure  of 
Supplementary  Pro  Forma  Information  for  Business  Combinations  -  a  consensus  of  the  FASB  Emerging  Issues  Task 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Force  (“EITF”)”.  ASU  No.  2010-29  amends  accounting  guidance  concerning  disclosure  of  supplemental  pro  forma 
information for business combinations.  If an entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose 
revenue  and  earnings  of  the  combined  entity  as  though  the  business  combination  that  occurred  in  the  current  year  had 
occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only.  The accounting guidance also requires 
additional  disclosures  to  describe  the  nature  and  amount  of  material,  nonrecurring  pro  forma  adjustments.   ASU  No. 
2010-29 became effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2010 and applies to business combinations 
completed on or after that date.  The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a significant impact on our financial 
statements.  The future impact of adopting this pronouncement will depend on the future business combinations that we 
may pursue. 

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When 
to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts”.  ASU 
No.  2010-28  modifies  Step  1  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  so  that  for  those  reporting  units  with  zero  or  negative 
carrying  amounts,  an  entity  is  required  to  perform  Step  2  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test  if  it  is  more  likely  than  not 
based  on  an  assessment  of  qualitative  indicators  that  a  goodwill  impairment  exists.  In  determining  whether  it  is  more 
likely than not that goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors 
indicating that an impairment  may exist.   ASU No. 2010-28 became  effective for annual and interim reporting periods 
beginning  after  December  15,  2010,  and  any  impairment  identified  at  the  time  of  adoption  was  recognized  as  a 
cumulative-effect  adjustment  to  beginning  retained  earnings.  The  adoption  of  this  pronouncement  did  not  have  a 
significant impact on our financial statements. 

In  April  2010,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2010-17,  “Revenue  Recognition  -  Milestone  Method  (Topic  605): 
Milestone Method of Revenue Recognition - a consensus of the FASB EITF”.  ASU No. 2010-17 is limited to research or 
development  arrangements  and  requires  that  this  ASU  be  met  for  an  entity  to  apply  the  milestone  method  (record  the 
milestone payment in its entirety in the period received) of recognizing revenue.  However, the FASB clarified that, even 
if the requirements in this ASU are met, entities would not be precluded from making an accounting policy election to 
apply  another  appropriate  policy  that  results  in  the  deferral  of  some  portion  of  the  arrangement  consideration.    The 
guidance in this ASU will apply to milestones in both single-deliverable and multiple-deliverable arrangements involving 
research or development transactions.   ASU No. 2010-17 became  effective for  milestones achieved in fiscal  years, and 
interim periods within those years, beginning on or after June 15, 2010.  The adoption of this pronouncement did not have 
a significant impact on our financial statements.  

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): 
Improving  Disclosures  about  Fair  Value  Measurements”,  which  provides  additional  guidance  to  improve  disclosures 
regarding  fair  value  measurements.    ASU  No.  2010-06  amends  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  820-10  to 
add two new disclosures: (1) transfers in and out of Level 1 and 2 measurements and the reasons for the transfers, and (2) 
a  gross  presentation  of  activity  within  the  Level  3  roll  forward.    ASU  2010-06  also  includes  clarifications  to  existing 
disclosure requirements on the level of disaggregation and disclosures regarding inputs and valuation techniques.  ASU 
2010-06  applies  to  all  entities  required  to  make  disclosures  about  recurring  and  nonrecurring  fair  value  measurements.  
ASU No. 2010-06 became effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except 
for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value 
measurements, which became effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010.  The partial adoption of ASU 
2010-06, as of January 1, 2010, did not have a material impact on our financial statements.  The adoption of the deferred 
portions of ASU 2010-06, as of January 1, 2011, did not have a material impact on our financial statements. 

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13, “Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable 
Revenue  Arrangements  -  a  consensus  of  the  FASB  EITF”.    ASU  No.  2009-13  eliminates  the  residual  method  of 
accounting  for  revenue  on  undelivered  products  and  instead,  requires  companies  to  allocate  revenue  to  each  of  the 
deliverable  products  based  on  their  relative  selling  price.    In  addition,  this  ASU  expands  the  disclosure  requirements 
surrounding  multiple-deliverable  arrangements.    ASU  No.  2009-13  became  effective  for  revenue  arrangements  entered 
into for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010.  The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a significant 
impact on our financial statements.  

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 2- Acquisitions and Dispositions & Exit Activities 

2011 Activity 

Ultralife Energy Services Corporation 

On March 8, 2011, our senior management, as authorized by our Board of Directors, decided to exit our Energy 
Services business, which included standby power and systems design, installation and maintenance activities.   As a result 
of management’s ongoing review of our business segments and products, and taking into account the lack of growth and 
profitability potential of the Energy Services segment as well as its sizeable operating losses over the last several years, 
we  determined  it  was  appropriate  to  refocus  our  operations  on  profitable  growth  opportunities  presented  in  our  other 
segments, Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems.  In the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded a non-
cash impairment charge of $13,793 to write-off the goodwill and intangible assets and certain fixed assets associated with 
the standby power portion of our Energy Services business. 

The actions taken to exit our Energy Services segment resulted in the elimination of approximately 40 jobs and the 
closing of five facilities, primarily in California, Florida and Texas, over several months.  As of the end of the second quarter 
of  2011,  all  exit  activities  with  respect  to  our  Energy  Services  segment  were  completed.    As  a  result,  the  presentation  of 
results herein excludes the Energy Services segment from the results of continuing operations.  The following amounts have 
been reported as discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009: 

Net sales 
Loss from discontinued operations 
(Provision) Benefit for income taxes 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax 

Years Ended December 31, 

2011 

$   3,891 
(3,702) 
- 
(3,702) 

2010 

$   11,758 
(17,748) 
371 
(17,377) 

2009 

$  17,814 
(3,837) 
(189) 
(4,026) 

Included in the Loss from discontinued operations described above, we recorded the following exit charges: 

Inventory and fixed asset write-downs 
Employee related, including termination benefits 
Lease termination costs 
Other costs 
Total Exit Costs 
Cash Component 

2009 Activity 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2011 
$    941 
703 
250 
1,030 
$ 2,924 
$ 1,984 

We accounted for the following acquisition in accordance with the purchase method of accounting provisions of the 
revised FASB guidance for business combinations, whereby the purchase price paid to effect an acquisition is allocated to 
the acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities at fair value.   

AMTITM Brand 

On March 20, 2009, we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed substantially all of the liabilities of 
the  tactical  communications  products  business  of  Science  Applications  International  Corporation.    The  tactical 
communications products business (“AMTI”), located in Virginia Beach, Virginia, designs, develops and  manufactures 
tactical  communications  products  including  amplifiers,  man-portable  systems,  cables,  power  solutions  and  ancillary 
communications equipment that are sold by Ultralife Corporation under the brand name of AMTI. 

Under the terms of the asset purchase agreement for AMTI, the purchase price consisted of $5,717 in cash.   

The  results  of  operations  of  AMTI  and  the  estimated  fair  value  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  were 
included  in  our  Condensed  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  beginning  on  the  acquisition  date.  For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2010, AMTI contributed net sales of $14,001 and net income of $2,134.  From the date of acquisition through 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2009, AMTI contributed net sales of $11,354 and net income of $1,744.  Pro forma information has not been 
presented, as it would not be materially different from amounts reported.  The estimated excess of the purchase price over the 
net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  of  $4,684  was  recorded  as  goodwill  in  the  amount  of  $1,033.    The  acquired 
goodwill has been assigned to the Communications Systems segment and is expected to be fully deductible for income tax 
purposes.   

The following table represents the final allocation of the purchase price to assets acquired and liabilities assumed 

at the acquisition date: 

ASSETS 
Current assets: 
   Cash 
   Trade accounts receivable, net 
   Inventories 
      Total current assets 
Property, plant and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Intangible Assets: 
   Trademarks 
   Patents and Technology 
   Customer Relationships 
Total assets acquired 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities: 
   Accounts payable 
   Other current liabilities 
      Total current liabilities 
Long-term liabilities: 
   Other long-term liabilities 
Total liabilities assumed 

Total Purchase Price 

  $              - 
693 
2,534 
3,227 
339 
1,033 

450 
800 
970 
6,819 

801 
301 
1,102 

- 
1,102 

  $  

5,717 

Trademarks  have  an  indefinite  life  and  are  not  being  amortized.    The  intangible  assets  related  to  patents  and 
technology  and  customer  relationships  are  being  amortized  as  the  economic  benefits  of  the  intangible  assets  are  being 
utilized over their weighted-average estimated useful life of thirteen years. 

Note 3 - Supplemental Balance Sheet Information 

a.  

Inventory 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined under the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  

The composition of inventories was:  

Raw materials .....................................................................................
Work in process ..................................................................................
Finished products ...............................................................................

 December 31, 

2011 

2010 

$20,097 
4,770 
10,100 
$34,967 

$18,250 
6,649 
8,223 
$33,122 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
b.  

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Major classes of property, plant and equipment consisted of the following: 

Land ...................................................................................................
Buildings and Leasehold Improvements ...........................................
Machinery and Equipment ................................................................
Furniture and Fixtures .......................................................................
Computer Hardware and Software ....................................................
Construction in Progress ...................................................................

Less:  Accumulated Depreciation .....................................................

        December 31, 

2011 

2010 

$       123 
7,000 
44,770 
1,894 
3,815 
641 
58,243 
45,655 
$ 12,588 

$       123 
6,188 
45,714 
1,702 
3,652 
582 
57,961 
43,476 
$ 14,485 

Estimated costs to complete construction in progress as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $1,032 

and $372, respectively. 

Depreciation  expense  was  $3,629,  $3,768,  and  $3,929  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011, 2010,  and  2009, 

respectively.  

c. 

Impairment of Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets 

We applied the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820, including the early adoption of ASU 2011-08 described in 
Note  1,  during  the  annual  goodwill  impairment  analysis  performed  in  October  2011.  The  first,  optional,  step  of  the 
goodwill analysis is to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the identified reporting units exceeds 
the respective carrying value. This qualitative analysis includes but is not limited to, an evaluation of the macroeconomic, 
industry or market, and cost factors relevant to the reporting unit as well as financial performance and entity or reporting 
unit events that may affect the value of the reporting unit.  We performed the qualitative assessment on four out of five of 
the  identified  reporting  units  noting  that  no  further  testing  was  indicated.  If  a  reporting  unit  does  not  pass  or  is  not 
subjected to the qualitative assessment, the fair value of the reporting unit is determined when performing the quantitative 
assessment.  The  fair  value  for  our  one  reporting  unit  subjected  to  this  quantitative  test  could  not  be  determined  using 
readily available quoted Level 1 inputs or Level 2 inputs that were observable in active markets.  Therefore, we used an 
income approach, to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit, using Level 3 inputs.  To estimate the fair value of the 
reporting unit, we used significant estimates and judgmental factors.  The key estimates and factors used in the valuation 
model included revenue growth rates and profit margins based on internal forecasts, as well as industry and market based 
terminal  growth  rates,  inputs  to  the  weighted-average  cost  of  capital  used  to  discount  future  cash  flows,  and  earnings 
multiples.   As a result of the goodwill impairment test performed during 2011, no impairment  was indicated.  The fair 
value  measurements  of  the  reporting  units  included  unobservable  inputs  defined  above  that  are  classified  as  Level  3 
inputs. 

During 2011, we also evaluated our indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment utilizing valuation methods 

that are classified as Level 3 inputs. Based upon the results of this evaluation, no impairment was indicated.  

During 2011, we also evaluated certain fixed assets for impairment utilizing valuation methods that are classified 

as Level 3 inputs. Based upon the results of this evaluation, no material impairment was indicated.  

In the fourth quarter of 2010, we completed an impairment  analysis of the  goodwill, intangible assets, and other 
long-lived assets associated with the standby power business included in the Energy Services segment.  As a result of this 
analysis, in connection with the overall decrease in revenues in 2010 compared to 2009 and the declining gross margins over 
the last  two  years  for  the standby power business,  we recognized a  non-cash impairment  charge of $13,793 in  the  fourth 
quarter of 2010 to fully write off the goodwill and intangible assets and partially write off certain fixed assets.  In conjunction 
with  the  non-cash  impairment  charge,  we  impaired  goodwill  of  $7,974,  trademarks  of  $1,300,  patents  and  technology  of 
$431, customer relationships of $3,819 and fixed assets of $269. 

During  2010,  we  also  recognized  non-cash  impairments  to  indefinite  lived  and  amortizable  intangible  assets.  
The impairment charges were calculated by determining the fair value of these assets.  The fair value measurements were 
calculated using unobservable inputs including discounted cash flow analyses classified as Level 3 inputs.   

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We also recognized non-cash impairments of certain fixed assets during the year ended December 31, 2010.  The 
impairment charges were calculated by determining the fair value of the fixed assets using unobservable inputs including 
market data for transactions involving similar assets.  These inputs were classified as Level 3 inputs. 

d. 

Goodwill 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  goodwill  activity  by  segment  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011  and 

2010:  

Battery & 
Energy Products 

Communications 
Systems 

Discontinued 
Operations 

Total 

Balance at December 31, 2009 

$   4,687 

$ 13,701 

$   7,048 

$ 25,436 

Adjustments to purchase price 
   allocation 
Impairment charge 
Effect of foreign currency 
   translations 

- 
- 

71 

(183) 
- 

- 

Balance at December 31, 2010 

4,758 

13,518 

Effect of foreign currency 
   translations 

80 

- 

926 
(7,974) 

- 

- 

- 

743 
(7,974) 

71 

18,276 

80 

Balance at December 31, 2011 

$   4,838 

$ 13,518 

$           - 

$ 18,356 

e.  

Other Intangible Assets 

The composition of intangible assets was:  

Trademarks 
Patents and technology 
Customer relationships 
Distributor relationships 
Non-compete agreements 

Total intangible assets 

Trademarks 
Patents and technology 
Customer relationships 
Distributor relationships 
Non-compete agreements 

Total intangible assets 

December 31, 2011 
Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net 

Gross Assets 

$   3,563 
4,492 
3,993 
378 
396 

$         -          

3,440 
3,143 
310 
396 

$ 12,822 

$ 7,289 

$ 3,563 
1,052 
850 
68 
- 

$ 5,533 

December 31, 2010 
Accumulated 
Amortization 

Net 

Gross Assets 

$   3,559 
4,474 
3,955 
364 
395 

$         -          

3,108 
2,820 
274 
395 

$ 12,747 

$ 6,597 

$ 3,559 
1,366 
1,135 
90 
- 

$ 6,150 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization expense for intangible assets was $627, $1,428, and $1,683 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 

2010 and 2009, respectively. 

The change in the cost value of total intangible assets is a result of the effect of foreign currency translations. 

Note 4 - Operating Leases 

 We lease various buildings, machinery, land, automobiles and office equipment.  Rental expenses for all operating 
leases were approximately $1,494, $1,479 and $1,334 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.   
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2011 are as follows:  

2012 
$   855 

2013 
$   490 

2014 
$  335 

2015 
$  258 

2016  
and beyond 
$   65 

Note 5 - Debt and Capital Leases 

Credit Facilities 

On  February  17,  2010,  we  entered  into  a  new  senior  secured  asset  based  revolving  credit  facility  (“Credit 
Facility”)  of  up  to  $35,000  with  RBS  Business  Capital,  a  division  of  RBS  Asset  Finance,  Inc.  (“RBS”).  The  proceeds 
from the Credit Facility can be used for general working capital purposes, general corporate purposes, and letter of credit 
foreign exchange support.  The Credit Facility  has a  maturity date of February 17, 2013 (“Maturity Date”).  The Credit 
Facility is secured by substantially all of our assets.  At closing, we paid RBS a facility fee of $263.    

On  February  18,  2010,  we  drew  down  $9,870  from  the  Credit  Facility  to  repay  all  outstanding  amounts  due 
under our previous credit facility with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company.  Our 
available  borrowing  under  the  Credit  Facility  fluctuates  from  time  to  time  based  upon  amounts  of  eligible  accounts 
receivable and eligible inventory.  Available borrowings under the Credit Facility equals the lesser of (1) $35,000 or (2) 
85% of eligible accounts receivable plus the lesser of (a) up to 70% of the book value of our eligible inventory or (b) 85% 
of the appraised net orderly liquidation value of our eligible inventory.  The borrowing base under the Credit Facility is 
further  reduced  by  (1)  the  face  amount  of  any  letters  of  credit  outstanding,  (2)  any  liabilities  of  ours  under  hedging 
contracts with RBS and (3) the value of any reserves as deemed appropriate by RBS.  We are required to have at least 
$3,000 available under the Credit Facility at all times. 

On January 19, 2011, we entered in a First Amendment to Credit Agreement (“First Amendment”) with RBS.  

The First Amendment amended the Credit Facility as follows: 

(i)   Eligible accounts receivable under the Credit Facility (for the determination of available borrowings) now 
include  foreign  (non-U.S.)  accounts  subject  to  credit  insurance  payable  to  RBS  (formerly,  such  accounts 
were not eligible without arranging letter of credit facilities satisfactory to RBS).  

(ii)  Decreased the interest rate that will accrue on outstanding indebtedness, as set forth in the following table: 

Excess Availability  

Greater than $10,000  

LIBOR Rate Plus  

3.00%  

Greater than $6,000 but less than or equal to $10,000  

3.25%  

Greater than $3,000 but less than or equal to $6,000  

3.50%  

Interest currently accrues on outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Facility at LIBOR plus 3.00%.  We have 

the ability, in certain circumstances, to fix the interest rate for up to 90 days from the date of borrowing. 

In addition to paying interest  on the outstanding principal  under the Credit Facility,  we  are required to pay an 
unused  line  fee  of  0.50%  on  the  unused  portion  of  the  $35,000  Credit  Facility.  We  must  also  pay  customary  letter  of 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
credit fees equal to the LIBOR rate and the applicable margin and any other customary fees or expenses of the issuing 
bank.    Interest  that  accrues  under  the  Credit  Facility  is  to  be  paid  monthly  with  all  outstanding  principal,  interest  and 
applicable fees due on the Maturity Date.  

We are required to maintain a fixed charge ratio of 1.20 to 1.00 or greater at all times as of and after March 28, 
2010.  As of December 31, 2011, our fixed charge ratio was 3.41 to 1.00.  Accordingly, we were in compliance with the 
financial  covenants  of  the  Credit  Facility.    All  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  are  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of 
customary  conditions,  including  the  absence  of  an  event  of  default  and  accuracy  of  our  representations  and 
warranties.  The Credit Facility also includes customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events 
of default.  If an event of default occurs, RBS would be entitled to take various actions, including accelerating the amount 
due under the Credit Facility, and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.  

As of December 31, 2011, we had $-0- outstanding under the Credit Facility.  At December 31, 2011, the interest 
rate  on  the  asset  based  revolver  component  of  the  Credit  Facility  was  3.27%.    As  of  December  31,  2011,  the  revolver 
arrangement  had  approximately  $14,078 of  borrowing  capacity,  including  outstanding  letters  of  credit.    At  December  31, 
2011, we had $413 of outstanding letters of credit related to this facility. 

Convertible Notes Payable 

On  November  16,  2007,  under  the  terms  of  the  stock  purchase  agreement  for  Stationary  Power  Services,  Inc. 
(“SPS”), we issued a $4,000 subordinated convertible promissory note to be held by the previous owner of SPS for partial 
consideration of the purchase price.  The $4,000 subordinated convertible promissory note carried a three-year term, bore 
interest at the rate of 5% per year and was convertible at $15.00 per share into 266,667 shares of our common stock, with 
a  forced  conversion  feature  at  $17.00  per  share.    We  evaluated  the  terms  of  the  conversion  feature  under  applicable 
accounting  literature,  including  FASB’s  guidance  in  accounting  for  derivative  instruments  and  hedging  activities  and 
accounting  for  derivative  financial  instruments  indexed  to,  and  potentially  settled  in,  a  company’s  own  stock,  and 
concluded that this feature should not be separately accounted for as a derivative.  Effective March 28, 2009, we entered 
into  Amended  and  Restated  Subordinated  Convertible  Promissory  Note  (“Amended  Note”)  with  William  Maher,  the 
former  owner  of  SPS.    The  Amended  Note  reduced  the  principal  amount  under  the  original  subordinated  convertible 
promissory  note  (“Original  Note”),  as  issued  in  connection  with  the  SPS  acquisition  in  November  2007,  by  $580  to 
$3,420.  This reduction was an offset of amounts owed to SPS from WMSP Holdings, LLC (an entity wholly owned by 
William  Maher).    There  were  no  other  revisions  to  any  of  the  other  terms  of  the  Original  Note.    In  February  2010,  in 
connection  with  the  closing  on  the  new  credit  facility  with  RBS,  we  made  a  prepayment  of  $129  on  the  outstanding 
principal  balance  of  the  Amended  Note.    In  April  2010,  we  changed  the  name  of  Stationary  Power  Services,  Inc.  to 
Ultralife Energy Services Corporation.  The Amended Note matured on November 16, 2010, with principal and accrued 
interest due in full, totaling $3,312.  We paid the $3,312 amount primarily from cash on hand and cash generated from 
operations, in addition to borrowing from our credit facility. 

Note 6 - Commitments and Contingencies 

a. 

Indemnity  

 The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that directors or officers will be reimbursed for all expenses, to 

the fullest extent permitted by law arising out of their performance as our agents or trustees.  

b. 

Purchase Commitments  

As of December 31, 2011, we have made commitments to purchase approximately $849 of production machinery 

and equipment.  

c. 

Royalty Agreements   

Technology underlying certain of our products is based in part on non-exclusive transfer agreements.  In 2003, we 
entered into an agreement with Saft Groupe S.A., to license certain tooling for battery cases.  The licensing fee associated 
with this agreement is based on a percentage of the sales price of the individual battery case, up to a maximum of one dollar 
per  battery  case.    The  total  royalty  expense  reflected  in  2011,  2010  and  2009  was  $5,  $242  and  $19,  respectively.    This 
agreement expires in the year 2017.               

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
d. 

Government Grants/Loans 

In conjunction with the City of West Point, Mississippi, we applied for a Community Development Block Grant 
(“CDBG”) from the State of Mississippi for infrastructure improvements to our leased facility that is owned by the City 
of  West  Point,  Mississippi.    The  CDBG  was  awarded  and  as  of  December  31,  2011,  approximately  $480  has  been 
distributed under the grant.  Under an agreement with the City of West Point, we agreed to employ at least 30 full-time 
employees at the facility, of which 51% of the jobs had to be filled or made available to low or moderate income families, 
within three years of completion of the CDBG improvement activities.  In addition, we agreed to invest at least $1,000 in 
equipment and working capital into the facility within the first three years of operation of the facility.  While we have yet 
to receive formal notice from the applicable government agency confirming the closure of the grant, we believe that both 
of these commitments were satisfied as of March 2011 and, therefore, have not recorded an accrual with respect to any 
potential liability for the grant amounts received under the CDBG. 

In conjunction with Clay County, Mississippi, we applied for a Mississippi Rural Impact Fund Grant (“RIFG”) 
from  the  State  of  Mississippi  for  infrastructure  improvements  to  our  leased  facility  that  is  owned  by  the  City  of  West 
Point, Mississippi.  The RIFG was awarded and as of December 31, 2011, approximately $150 has been distributed under 
the grant.  Under an agreement with Clay County, we agreed to employ at least 30 full-time employees at the facility, of 
which  51%  of  the  jobs  had  to  be  filled  or  made  available  to  low  or  moderate  income  families,  within  two  years  of 
completion of the RIFG improvement activities.  In September 2010, we received an extension for this commitment to 
March 31, 2011.  In addition, we agreed to invest at least $1,000 in equipment and working capital into the facility within 
the  first  three  years  of  operation  of  the  facility.    While  we  have  yet  to  receive  formal  notice  from  the  applicable 
government agency confirming the closure of the grant, we believe that both of these commitments were satisfied as of 
March  2011  and,  therefore,  have  not  recorded  an  accrual  with  respect  to  any  potential  liability  for  the  grant  amounts 
received under the RIFG. 

e. 

Employment Contracts 

                 We have an employment contract  with Michael  D. Popielec, our President and Chief Executive  Officer,  which 
stays  in  effect  until  terminated  by  either  party.   This  agreement  provides  for  a  base  salary  of  $450,000,  as  adjusted  for 
increases  at  the  discretion  of  our  Board  of  Directors,  and  includes  incentive  bonuses  based  upon  attainment  of  specified 
quantitative  and  qualitative  performance  goals.   This  agreement  also  provides  for  severance  payments  in  the  event  of 
specified events of termination of employment.  In addition, this agreement provides for a lump sum payment in the event of 
termination of employment in association with a change in control. 

 We  have  an  employment  contract  with  Peter  F.  Comerford,  our  Vice-President  of  Administration  &  General 
Counsel and Secretary, with automatic one-year renewals unless terminated by either party.  This agreement provides for a 
minimum  salary, as adjusted  for annual  increases,  and  may  include incentive bonuses based upon attainment of  specified 
management  goals.    This  agreement  also  provides  for  severance  payments  in  the  event  of  specified  termination  of 
employment.  In addition, this agreement provides for a lump sum payment in the event of termination of employment in 
association with a change in control. 

Select  key  employees  are  required  to  enter  into  agreements  providing  for  confidentiality  and  the  assignment  of 
rights  to  inventions  made  by  them  while  employed  by  us.  These  agreements  also  contain  certain  noncompetition  and 
nonsolicitation provisions  effective during the employment term  and  for  varying periods  thereafter depending on position 
and location. There can be no assurance that we will be able to enforce these agreements.  All of our employees agree to 
abide by the terms of a Code of Ethics policy that provides for the confidentiality of certain information received during the 
course of their employment. 

f. 

Product Warranties 

 We  estimate  future  costs  associated  with  expected  product  failure  rates,  material  usage  and  service  costs  in  the 
development  of  our  warranty  obligations.    Warranty  reserves  are  based  on  historical  experience  of  warranty  claims  and 
generally will be estimated as a percentage of sales over the warranty period.  In the event the actual results of these items 
differ  from  the estimates, an adjustment  to the  warranty obligation  would be recorded.   Changes in our product  warranty 
liability during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows: 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year 
Accruals for warranties issued 
Settlements made 

Balance at end of year 

g. 

Post Audits of Government Contracts 

2011 

2010 

2009 

$1,314 
591 
(1,066) 

$   839 

$1,211 
602 
(499) 

$1,314 

$1,026 
436 
(251) 

$1,211 

                 We had certain “exigent”, non-bid contracts with the U.S. government,  which were subject to audit and final 
price adjustment, which resulted in decreased margins compared with the original terms of the contracts.  As of December 
31, 2011, there were no outstanding exigent contracts with the U.S. government.  As part of its due diligence, the U.S. 
government has conducted post-audits of the completed exigent contracts to ensure that information used in supporting 
the pricing of exigent contracts did not differ materially from actual results.  In September 2005, the Defense Contracting 
Audit  Agency  (“DCAA”)  presented  its  findings  related  to  the  audits  of  three  of  the  exigent  contracts,  suggesting  a 
potential pricing adjustment of approximately $1,400 related to reductions in the cost of materials that occurred prior to 
the  final  negotiation  of  these  contracts.    In  addition,  in  June  2007,  we  received  a  request  from  the  Office  of  Inspector 
General of the Department of Defense (“DoD IG”) seeking certain information and documents relating to our business 
with  the  Department  of  Defense.    We  cooperated  with  the  DCAA  audit  and  DoD  IG  inquiry  by  making  available  to 
government  auditors  and  investigators  our  personnel  and  furnishing  the  requested  information  and  documents.    The 
DCAA  Audit  and  DoD  IG  inquiry  were  consolidated  and  the  US  Attorney’s  Office  represented  the  government  in 
connection  with  these  matters.    Under  applicable  federal  law,  we  may  have  been  subject  up  to  treble  damages  and 
penalties associated with the potential pricing adjustment.  In light of the uncertainty, we decided to enter into discussions 
with  the  U.S.  Attorney’s  Office  in  April  2011  to  negotiate  a  settlement  that  would  be  in  the  best  interests  of  our 
customers, employees and shareholders.  On April 21, 2011, we were advised by the government that there was a $2,730 
settlement-in-principle to resolve all claims related to the contracts, subject to final approval by the Department of Justice.  
As a result, we recorded a $2,730 charge as a reduction in revenues for the first quarter of 2011.  On June 1, 2011, we 
entered into a Settlement Agreement with the United States of America, acting through the United States Department of 
Justice and on behalf of the Department of Defense that provides that we shall pay the U.S. $2,700 plus accrued interest 
thereon  at  the  rate  of  2.625%  per  annum  from  May  6,  2011,  with  principal  payments  of  $1,000,  $567, $567  and  $566 
being due on June 8, 2011, December 1, 2011, June 1, 2012 and December 1, 2012, respectively.  Each principal payment 
will be accompanied by a payment of accrued interest.  As of December 31, 2011, we have made the first two required 
payments.    

h. 

Legal Matters 

 We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business.   We believe that the 
final disposition of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash 
flows. 

Arista Power Litigation 

On September 23, 2011, we initiated an action against Arista Power, Inc. (“Arista”) and our former senior sales 
and  engineering  employee,  David  Modeen,  in  the  State  of  New  York  Supreme  Court,  County  of  Wayne  (Index  No. 
73379).    In  our  Complaint,  we  allege  that  Arista  recruited  all  but  one  of  the  members  of  its  executive  team  from  us, 
subsequently  changed  its  business  to  compete  directly  with  us  by  using  our  confidential  information,  and  during  the 
summer of 2011, recruited Modeen to become an Arista employee.  We allege that, as a result of actions by Arista and 
Modeen:  (i)  Modeen  has  breached  the  terms  of  his  Employee  Confidentiality,  Non-Disclosure,  Non-Compete,  Non-
Disparagement and Assignment Agreement with us; (ii) Modeen has breached certain agreements, duties and obligations 
he  owed  us,  including  to  protect  and  refrain  from  disclosing  our  trade  secrets  and  confidential  and  proprietary 
information; (iii)  Arista’s employment of Modeen  will inevitably  lead to the disclosure  and use of  our trade secrets by 
Arista,  in  violation  of  Modeen’s  duties  and  obligations  to  us;  (iv)  Arista  unlawfully  induced  Modeen  to  breach  his 
agreements with and duties and obligations to us; and (v) Arista’s recruitment and employment of Modeen has breached a 
subcontract between  Arista and us.  We seek damages as  determined at trial and preliminary and permanent injunctive 
relief.    The  defendants  have  answered  the  allegations  set  forth  in  the  Complaint,  without  asserting  any  counterclaims.  
Discovery has commenced and is ongoing. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On December 5, 2011, Arista served  us  with a  Complaint  it filed on November 29, 2011 in  the State of New 
York Supreme Court, County of Monroe (Index No.  11-13896) against us, our officers, several of our directors, and an 
employee.  In its Complaint, Arista alleges that we and our named defendants have violated the terms of a Confidentiality 
Agreement with Arista and have unfairly competed against Arista by unlawfully appropriating Arista’s trade secrets and 
that as a result of such activity, Arista has incurred damages in excess of $60,000.  Arista seeks damages, an accounting, 
and preliminary and permanent injunctive relief.  We and our officers, directors and employee named in the Complaint 
have yet to answer the allegations set forth in the Complaint.  

 On December 21, 2011, we and our officers, directors and employee named in Arista’s Complaint filed a motion 
to dismiss Arista’s Complaint against our officers, directors and employee as Arista’s Complaint fails to state any cause 
of  action  against  any  of  them  and  dismissing  the  claim  of  fraud  against  our  officers,  directors  and  employee.  
Subsequently,  Arista  filed  an  Amended  Complaint  alleging  essentially  the  same  causes  of  action  but  adding  additional 
factual allegations against us and our officers, directors and employee.  In addition, Arista filed a motion to disqualify our 
outside  legal  counsel  representing  us  and  our  officers,  directors  and  employee  in  both  Arista’s  Complaint  and  our 
Complaint against Arista.  In response, we and our officers, directors and employee filed a new motion to dismiss Arista’s 
Complaint against us in its entirety and seeking dismissal of the fraud claim against us.  Arista’s motion to disqualify our 
outside legal counsel was denied on February 10, 2012.  On March 9, 2012, the Court issued its decision on our motion to 
dismiss, granting the  motion  to the extent of dismissing some claims against us, but denying the  motion to dismiss the 
individuals from the lawsuit at this preliminary stage. 

We initiated the September 23, 2011 Complaint against Arista Power to protect our customers, employees and 
shareholders from the unauthorized use and theft of our investments in intellectual property, trade secrets and confidential 
information  by  Arista  and  its  employees.    Protecting  our  collective  intellectual  property  and  know-how,  developed  at 
great  cost  to  us  to  form  our  competitive  position  in  the  marketplace  and  create  value  for  our  shareholders,  is  a 
fundamental responsibility of all our employees. 

  We believe the November 29, 2011 Arista Complaint is retaliatory and without merit.  Our development of the 
foundation for the new product concept for which Arista claims we allegedly used its trade secrets commenced in 2008, 
long prior to the departure of those individuals who now constitute the executive team of Arista.  Furthermore, we believe 
the  purported  damage  of  $60,000  being  claimed  by  Arista  is  based  solely  on  the  reduction  in  its  market  capitalization 
between November 2009 and the filing date of the Complaint. This market value loss is totally unrelated to any actions on 
account of us, and claims for recovery of this or any other amount are legally and factually baseless.   

Accordingly,  we  will  vigorously  pursue  our  complaint  against  Arista  and  defend  what  we  believe  to  be  a 

meritless action on the part of Arista Power. 

Energy Services Litigation 

In  May  2010,  we  were  served  with  a  summons  and  complaint  by  a  customer  of  one  of  our  subsidiaries  that 
performed energy services.  The complaint sought damages in an amount of at least $1,500 and included claims of breach 
of contract, negligent installation, and breach of warranty against us and breach of warranty against the manufacturer of 
the  installed  batteries.    In  January  2011,  we  settled  all  claims  related  to  the  litigation.    Pursuant  to  the  settlement,  we 
agreed to pay the customer $1,100, of which, $1,075 was paid by our insurance providers. 

9-Volt Battery Litigation 

In  July  2010,  we  were  served  with  a  summons  and  complaint  filed  in  Japan  by  one  of  our  9-volt  battery 
customers. The complaint alleges damages associated with claims of breach of warranty in an amount of approximately 
$1,100.  We dispute the customer’s allegations against us and intend to vigorously defend the lawsuit.  At this time, we 
have no basis for assessing whether we may incur any liability as a result of the lawsuit and no accrual has been made or 
reflected in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011. 

Communications Systems Litigation 

In  October  2008,  we  filed  a  summons  and  complaint  against  one  of  our  vendors  seeking  to  recover  at  least 
$3,600 in damages, plus interest resulting from the vendor’s breach of contract and failure to perform by failing to timely 
deliver product and delivering product that failed to conform to the contractual requirements.  The vendor filed an answer 
and counterclaim in November 2008 denying liability to us for breach of contract and asserting various counterclaims for 
non-payment,  fraud,  unjust  enrichment,  unfair  and  deceptive  trade  practices,  breach  of  covenant  of  good  faith  and  fair 
dealing, negligent misrepresentation, and tortuous interference with contract and prospective economic advantage.  In its 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
answer  and  counterclaims,  the  vendor  claims  damages  in  excess  of  $3,500  plus  interest  and  other  incidental, 
consequential and punitive damages.  In September 2009, we settled all claims related to the litigation.  Pursuant to the 
settlement, we agreed to pay the vendor $1,500 of the $3,556 that we had previously reflected in the accounts payable line 
of our Consolidated Balance Sheets relating to this matter.  We further agreed to issue an $800 credit on future purchases 
to our customer in this matter.  This $800 credit was utilized in full during the fourth quarter of 2009.  As a result, we 
have recognized a net gain on litigation settlement of $1,256, and which has been reflected in the cost of products sold 
line on our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2009. 

Battery & Energy Products Litigation 

In January 2008,  we  filed a  summons and complaint against one of our customers  seeking to recover $162 in 
unpaid invoices, plus interest for product supplied to the customer under a Master Purchase Agreement (“MPA”).  The 
customer  filed  an  answer  and  counterclaim  in  March  2008  alleging  that  the  product  did  not  conform  with  a  material 
requirement of the MPA.  The customer claims restitution, cost of cover, and incidental and consequential damages in an 
approximate amount of $2,800.  In June 2009, we received a jury verdict in our favor awarding us $162 in damages on 
our claim and finding no liability on the customer’s counterclaim.  We received full payment from the customer on the 
award in June 2009, and in July 2009, the parties reached an agreement in which the customer agreed not to pursue an 
appeal from the jury verdict. 

Environmental Matter 

In conjunction with our purchase/lease of our Newark, New York facility in 1998, we entered into a payment-in-
lieu of tax agreement, which provided us with real estate tax concessions upon meeting certain conditions.  In connection 
with  this  agreement,  a  consulting  firm  performed  a  Phase  I  and  II  Environmental  Site  Assessment,  which  revealed  the 
existence of contaminated soil and ground water around one of the buildings.  We retained an engineering firm, which 
estimated that the cost of remediation should be in the range of $230.  In February 1998, we entered into an agreement 
with a third party, which provides that we and this third party will retain an environmental consulting firm to conduct a 
supplemental  Phase  II  investigation  to  verify  the  existence  of  the  contaminants  and  further  delineate  the  nature  of  the 
environmental  concern.    The  third  party  agreed  to  reimburse  us  for  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  the  cost  of  correcting  the 
environmental concern on the Newark property.  We have fully reserved for our portion of the estimated liability.  Test 
sampling  was  completed  in  the  spring  of  2001,  and  the  engineering  report  was  submitted  to  the  New  York  State 
Department of Environmental Conservation (“NYSDEC”) for review.  The NYSDEC reviewed the report and, in January 
2002, recommended additional testing.  We responded by submitting a work plan to the NYSDEC, which was approved 
in April 2002.  We sought proposals from engineering firms to complete the remedial work contained in the work plan.  A 
firm was selected to undertake the remediation and in December 2003 the remediation was completed, and was overseen 
by  the  NYSDEC.  The  report  detailing  the  remediation  project,  which  included  the  test  results,  was  forwarded  to  the 
NYSDEC  and  to  the  New  York  State  Department  of  Health  (“NYSDOH”).    The  NYSDEC,  with  input  from  the 
NYSDOH, requested that we perform additional sampling.  A work plan for this portion of the project was written and 
delivered to the NYSDEC and approved.  In November 2005, additional soil, sediment and surface water samples were 
taken from the area outlined in the work plan, as well as groundwater samples from the monitoring wells.  We received 
the  laboratory  analysis  and  met  with  the  NYSDEC  in  March  2006  to  discuss  the  results.    On  June  30,  2006,  the  Final 
Investigation Report was delivered to the NYSDEC by our outside environmental consulting firm.  In November 2006, 
the  NYSDEC  completed  its  review  of  the  Final  Investigation  Report  and  requested  additional  groundwater,  soil  and 
sediment sampling.  A work plan to address the additional investigation was submitted to the NYSDEC in January 2007 
and was approved in April 2007.  Additional investigation work was performed in May 2007.  A preliminary report of 
results was prepared by our outside environmental consulting firm in August 2007 and a meeting with the NYSDEC and 
NYSDOH took place in September 2007.  As a result of this meeting, the NYSDEC and NYSDOH requested additional 
investigation work.  A work plan to address this additional investigation was submitted to and approved by the NYSDEC 
in November 2007.  Additional investigation work was performed in December 2007.  Our environmental consulting firm 
prepared  and  submitted  a  Final  Investigation  Report  in  January  2009  to  the  NYSDEC  for  review.    The  NYSDEC 
reviewed and approved the Final Investigation Report in June 2009 and requested the development of a Remedial Action 
Plan.    Our  environmental  consulting  firm  developed  and  submitted  the  requested  plan  for  review  and  approval  by  the 
NYSDEC.  In October 2009, we received comments back  from the NYSDEC regarding  the content of the remediation 
work plan.  Our environmental consulting firm incorporated the requested changes and submitted a revised work plan to 
the NYSDEC in January 2010 for review and approval.  Upon approval from the NYSDEC, environmental remediation 
work was completed in July and August 2010.  Our environmental consulting firm prepared a Final Engineering report 
which  was  submitted  to  the  NYSDEC  for  review  and  approval  in  October  2010.    Comments  on  the  Final  Engineering 
report  and  associated  documents  were  received  from  the  NYSDEC  in  December  2010.    Our  environmental  consulting 
firm revised the Final Engineering report and submitted the report and associated documents to the NYSDEC for review 
and approval in January 2011.  In May 2011, the NYSDEC administratively closed remedial activities associated with the 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
approved  work  plan.    In  September  2011,  the  NYSDEC  issued  an  Assignable  Release  and  Covenant  Not  to  Sue 
document.    As  a  result,  anticipated  costs  are  not  expected  to  exceed  those  currently  reserved.    Through  December  31, 
2011, total costs incurred have amounted to approximately $383, none of which has been capitalized.  At December 31, 
2011 and December 31, 2010, we had $8 and $22, respectively, reserved for this matter. 

i. 

Workers’ Compensation Self-Insured Trust 

From  August  2002  through  August  2006,  we  participated  in  a  self-insured  trust  to  manage  our  workers’ 
compensation activity for our employees in New York State.  All members of this trust had, by design, joint and several 
liability  during  the  time  they  participated  in  the  trust.    In  August  2006,  we  left  the  self-insured  trust  and  obtained 
alternative coverage for our workers’ compensation program through a third-party insurer.  In the third quarter of 2006, 
we  confirmed  that  the  trust  was  in  an  underfunded  position  (i.e.  the  assets  of  the  trust  were  insufficient  to  cover  the 
actuarially  projected  liabilities  associated  with  the  members  in  the  trust).    In  the  third  quarter  of  2006,  we  recorded  a 
liability and an associated expense of $350 as an estimate of our potential future cost related to the trust’s underfunded 
status based on our estimated level of participation.  On April 28, 2008, we, along with all other members of the trust, 
were  served by the State of  New York Workers’  Compensation Board (“Compensation Board”) with a Summons  with 
Notice that was filed in Albany County Supreme Court, wherein the Compensation Board put all members of the trust on 
notice that it would be seeking approximately $1,000 in previously billed and unpaid assessments and further assessments 
estimated to be not less than $25,000 arising from the accumulated estimated under-funding of the trust.  The Summons 
with Notice did not contain a complaint or a specified demand.  We timely filed a Notice of Appearance in response to the 
Summons with Notice.  On June 16, 2008, we were served with a Verified Complaint.  Subject to the results of a deficit 
reconstruction that was pending, the Verified Complaint estimated that the trust was underfunded by $9,700 during the 
period of December 1, 1997 – November 30, 2003 and an additional $19,400 for the period December 1, 2003 – August 
31,  2006.    The  Verified  Complaint  estimated  our  pro-rata  share  of  the  liability  for  the  period  of  December  1,  1997  – 
November 30, 2003 to be $195.  The Verified Complaint did not contain a pro-rata share liability estimate for the period 
of December 1, 2003-August 31, 2006.  Further, the Verified Complaint stated that all estimates of the underfunded status 
of  the  trust  and  the  pro-rata  share  liability  for  the  period  of  December  1,  1997-November  30,  2003  were  subject  to 
adjustment  based  on  a  forensic  audit  of  the  trust  that  was  being  conducted  on  behalf  of  the  Compensation  Board  by  a 
third-party audit firm.  We timely filed our Verified Answer with Affirmative Defenses on July 24, 2008.  In November 
2009, the New York Attorney General’s office presented the results of the deficit reconstruction of the trust.  As a result 
of the deficit reconstruction, the State of New York has determined that the trust was underfunded by $19,100 instead of 
$29,100 during the period December 1, 1997 to August 31, 2006.  Our pro-rata share of the liability was determined to be 
$452.    The  Attorney  General’s  office  proposed  a  settlement  by  which  we  could  avoid  joint  and  several  liability  in 
exchange  for  a  settlement  payment  of  $520.    Under  the  terms  of  the  settlement  agreement,  we  could    satisfy  our 
obligations by either paying (i) a lump sum of $468, representing a 10% discount, (ii) paying the entire amount in twelve 
monthly installments of $43 commencing the month following execution of the settlement agreement, or (iii) paying the 
entire amount in monthly installments over a period of up to five years, with interest of 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, and 7.5% for the 
two, three, four and five year periods, respectively.  We elected the twelve monthly installments option and on May 3, 
2010, we received written notice from the Attorney General’s office that the Compensation Board had decided to proceed 
with the settlement, as proposed, and that payments would commence in June 2010.  As of December 31, 2011, we have 
made all payments under this settlement and have no further obligations outstanding relating to this matter.  On October 
11, 2011, an order was filed with the Albany County Clerk wherein this lawsuit was discontinued against us. 

Note 7 - Shareholders' Equity 

a. 

Preferred Stock  

We have  authorized 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock,  with a par  value of $0.10 per share.    At  December 31, 

2011, no preferred shares were issued or outstanding.  

b. 

Common Stock 

We have authorized 40,000,000 shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.10 per share. 

In February 2009, we issued 4,388 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at 
$37.  In May 2009, we issued 10,725 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at $76.  
In August 2009, we issued 11,881 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at $76.  In 
November 2009, we issued 19,345 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at $77. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In September 2009, we issued 21,340 shares of common stock to four members of the AMTI management team in 

accordance with the asset purchase agreement for AMTI, valued at $136. 

In February 2010, we issued 19,346 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued 
at $76.  In May 2010,  we issued 18,528  unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at 
$87.  In August  2010, we issued 16,616  unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at 
$76.  In November 2010, we issued 11,811 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at 
$76. 

On April 27, 2010, we entered into Amendment No. 2 to the USE asset purchase agreement.  Under the terms of 
Amendment  No.  2,  we  agreed  to  issue  an  aggregate  of  200,000  shares  of  our  unregistered  common  stock,  valued  at 
approximately $858, in full  satisfaction of our outstanding obligations to the Selling Shareholders under the  USE asset 
purchase  agreement.    Amendment  No.  2  did  not  change  our  original  assessment  that  the  contingent  payout  of  shares  of 
common  stock  was  related  to  the  acquisition  of  the  assets  of  USE.    Accordingly,  we  reflected  the  payment  as  additional 
purchase price.  This adjustment resulted in an increase to goodwill of $858. 

In February 2011, we issued 11,276 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued 
at $77.  In May 2011,  we issued 17,036  unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at 
$76.  In August 2011, we issued 15,981  unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at 
$77.  In November 2011, we issued 17,350 unrestricted shares of common stock to our non-employee directors, valued at 
$76. 

c. 

Treasury Stock   

At  December  31,  2011  and  2010,  we  had  1,372,757  and  1,371,900  shares,  respectively,  of  treasury  stock 
outstanding, valued at $7,658 and $7,652, respectively.  The increase in treasury shares related to the vesting of restricted 
stock awards for certain key employees, a portion of which were withheld as treasury shares to cover estimated individual 
income taxes, since the vesting of such awards is a taxable event for the individuals. 

In  October  2008,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  share  repurchase  program  of  up  to  $10,000  to  be 
implemented over the course of a six-month period.  In April 2009, this share repurchase program expired.  Repurchases 
were  made  from  time  to  time  at  management’s  discretion,  either  in  the  open  market  or  through  privately  negotiated 
transactions.  The repurchases were made in compliance with Securities and Exchange Commission guidelines and were 
subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, and other factors.  We had no obligation under the program to 
repurchase  shares  and  the  program  could  have  been  suspended  or  discontinued  at  any  time  without  prior  notice.    We 
funded the purchase price for shares acquired primarily with current cash on hand and cash generated from operations, in 
addition to borrowing from our credit facility, as necessary.  Under this repurchase program, we made the following share 
repurchases: 

Years Ended December 31, 

Shares 

Amount 

Shares 

Amount 

2009 

2008 

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

416,305 
- 
- 
- 

$ 3,326 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
212,108 

$         - 
- 
- 
1,815 

Total 

416,305 

$ 3,326 

212,108 

$ 1,815 

d. 

Stock Options   

We  have  various  stock-based  employee  compensation  plans,  for  which  we  follow  the  provisions  of  FASB’s 
guidance on share-based payments, which requires that compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be 
recognized in the financial statements.  The cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is 
recognized as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity award).    

Our shareholders have approved various equity-based plans that permit the grant of stock options, restricted stock 
and other equity-based awards. In addition, our shareholders have approved the grant of stock options outside of these plans.  

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  June  2004,  shareholders  adopted  the  2004  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (“LTIP”)  pursuant  to  which  we  were 
authorized  to  issue  up  to  750,000  shares  of  common  stock  and  grant  stock  options,  restricted  stock  awards,  stock 
appreciation rights and other stock-based awards.  Through shareholder approved amendments to the LTIP in 2006, 2008 
and 2011, the total number of authorized under the LTIP increased to 2,900,000. 

Stock options granted under the LTIP are either Incentive Stock Options (“ISOs”) or Non-Qualified Stock Options 
(“NQSOs”).    Key  employees  are  eligible  to  receive  ISOs  and  NQSOs;  however,  directors  and  consultants  are  eligible  to 
receive only NQSOs. Most ISOs vest over a three- or five-year period and expire on the sixth or seventh anniversary of the 
grant  date.    All  NQSOs  issued  to  non-employee  directors  vest  immediately  and  expire  on  either  the  sixth  or  seventh 
anniversary of the grant date.  Some NQSOs issued to non-employees vest immediately and expire within three years; others 
have the same vesting characteristics as options given to employees. As of December 31, 2011, there were 2,258,228 stock 
options outstanding under the LTIP. 

On December 19, 2005, we granted our former President and Chief Executive Officer, John, D. Kavazanjian, an 
option  to  purchase  48,000  shares  of  common  stock at  $12.96  per  share  outside  of  any  of  our  equity-based  compensation 
plans, subject to shareholder approval.  Shareholder approval was obtained on June 8, 2006.  The stock option is fully vested 
and expires on June 8, 2013. 

On March 7, 2008, in connection with his becoming employed by us, we granted our Chief Financial Officer and 
Treasurer, Philip A. Fain, an option to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at $12.74 per share outside of any of our 
equity-based compensation plans.  The option is fully vested and expires on March 7, 2015. 

On  June  9,  2009,  in  connection  with  his  becoming  employed  by  us,  we  granted  our  former  Vice-President  of 
Finance and  Chief  Financial  Officer, John  C.  Casper, an option  to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock at $7.18  per 
share outside of any of our equity-based compensation plans.  The option was to vest in annual increments of 10,000 shares 
over  a  three-year  period  commencing  June  9,  2010.    As  a  result  of  his  resignation  in  November  2009,  this  option  was 
forfeited. 

On December 30, 2010, pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, we granted our President and Chief 
Executive Officer, Michael D. Popielec, options to purchase shares of common stock under the LTIP as follows: (i) 50,000 
shares at $6.42, vesting in annual increments of 12,500 shares over a four-year period commencing December 30, 2011; (ii) 
250,000 shares at $6.42, vesting in annual increments of 62,500 shares over a four-year period commencing December 30, 
2011; (iii) 200,000 shares at $10.00, with vesting to begin on the date the stock reaches a closing price of $10.00 per share 
for 15 trading days within a 30-day trading period, with such vesting in annual increments of 50,000 shares over the four 
anniversary dates of that date; and (iv) 200,000 shares at $15.00, with vesting to begin on the date the stock reaches a closing 
price  of  $15.00  per  share  for  15  trading  days  within  a  30-day  trading  period,  with  such  vesting  in  annual  increments  of 
50,000 shares over the four anniversary dates of that date.  All such options in items (i) and (ii) shall expire on December 30, 
2017.  All such options in items (iii) and (iv) shall expire as of the later of December 30, 2017 and five years after the initial 
vesting commences, but in no event later than December 30, 2020.  The options set forth in items (ii), (iii) and (iv) were 
subject to shareholder approval of an amendment to the LTIP, which approval was obtained on June 7, 2011. 

On  January  3,  2011,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  his  employment  agreement,  we  granted  our  President  and  Chief 
Executive Officer, Michael D. Popielec, an option to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at $6.58 under the LTIP.  The 
option vests in annual increments of 12,500 shares over a four-year period commencing December 30, 2011.  The option 
expires on December 30, 2017. 

In conjunction with FASB’s guidance for share-based payments, we recorded compensation cost related to stock 
options of $946, $670 and $964 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  As of December 31, 
2011, there was $1,730 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to outstanding stock options, which is expected to 
be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.25 years. 

We  use  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  to  estimate  fair  value  of  stock-based  awards.    The  following 
weighted  average  assumptions  were  used  to  value  options  granted  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2011, 2010 and 
2009: 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 
2010 

2011 

2009 

Risk-free interest rate 
Volatility factor 
Dividends 
Weighted average expected life (years) 
Forfeiture rate 

0.97% 
61.62% 
0.00% 
3.78 
15.00% 

1.67% 
80.61% 
0.00% 
3.56 
14.00% 

1.69% 
67.75% 
0.00% 
3.55 
10.00% 

We  use  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  option-pricing  model  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  market  performance  stock-
based awards.  The following weighted average assumptions were used to value market performance stock options granted 
during the year ended December 31, 2011.  There were no market performance stock options granted during the years ended 
December 31, 2010 or 2009. 

Risk-free interest rate 
Volatility factor 
Dividends 
Weighted average expected life (years) 
Forfeiture rate 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2011 

2.74% 
63.78% 
0.00% 
5.51 
0.00% 

We  calculate  expected  volatility  for  stock  options  by  taking  an  average  of  historical  volatility  over  the  past  five 
years  and  a  computation  of  implied  volatility.    The  computation  of  expected  term  was  determined  based  on  historical 
experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards and vesting schedules.  
The interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the award is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of 
grant.  Forfeiture rates are calculated by dividing unvested shares forfeited by beginning shares outstanding.  The pre-vesting 
forfeiture rate is calculated yearly and is determined using a historical twelve-quarter rolling average of the forfeiture rates. 

The following table summarizes data for the stock options issued by us:  

Year Ended December 31, 2011 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price  
Per Share 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual  
Term 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

Number  
of Shares 

Shares under option at 

beginning of year .............
Options granted .....................
Options exercised .................
Options cancelled .................
Shares under option at end 

1,794,694 
1,113,900 
(18,500) 
(533,866) 

$  9.71 
7.96 
3.94 
12.30 

of year 

2,356,228 

$  8.34 

5.02 years 

$     25 

Vested and expected to vest 

as end of year 

2,077,030 

$  8.74 

4.89 years 

$     22 

Options exercisable at end 

of year 

989,972 

$9.62 

2.97 years 

$     16 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 

 2010 

2009 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price  
Per Share 

Number  
of Shares 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
Per Share 

Number 
of Shares 

1,805,107 
468,250 
(14,000) 
(464,663) 

$10.99 
5.41 
3.91 
10.51 

1,651,007 
620,070 
(103,860) 
(362,110) 

$12.33 
5.71 
4.59 
9.86 

Shares under option at 

beginning of year ...............
Options granted.......................
Options exercised ...................
Options cancelled ...................
Shares under option at end 

of year 

1,794,694 

$  9.71 

1,805,107 

$10.99 

Options exercisable at end of 

year 

1,103,100 

$12.28 

1,697,301 

$11.22 

The following table represents additional information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2011: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Number of 
Outstanding 
at December 31, 
2011 

Weighted- 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Number 
Exercisable 
at December 31, 
2011 

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 
$  3.91-$  3.91 
$  4.41-$  4.41 
$  4.42-$  4.42 
$  4.70-$  6.37 
$  6.42-$  6.42 
$  6.58-$  9.70 
$  9.84-$12.00 
$12.18-$12.96 
$13.22-$16.15 
$17.12-$17.12 

224,500 
169,584 
318,000 
122,800 
300,000 
225,166 
410,283 
269,395 
295,000 
21,500 

$  3.91-$17.12 

2,356,228 

4.68 
5.12 
6.94 
5.84 
6.00 
4.94 
4.23 
1.85 
6.23 
0.25 

5.02 

$  3.91 
$  4.41 
$  4.42 
$  5.28 
$  6.42 
$  7.64 
$10.22 
$12.79 
$14.67 
$17.12 

$  8.34 

144,167 
58,753 
-0- 
13,501 
75,000 
114,002 
210,283 
257,766 
95,000 
21,500 

989,972 

$  3.91 
$  4.41 
$  0.00 
$  5.00 
$  6.42 
$  8.46 
$10.42 
$12.81 
$13.97 
$17.12 

$  9.62 

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 
$2.04, $3.06 and $2.77.  The total intrinsic  value of options (which is the amount by  which the  stock price exceeded the 
exercise price of the options on the date of exercise) exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 
was $45, $43 and $390.  

FASB’s guidance for share-based payments requires cash flows from excess tax benefits to be classified as a part of 
cash flows from financing activities.  Excess tax benefits are realized tax benefits from tax deductions for exercised options 
in excess of the deferred tax asset attributable to stock compensation costs for such options.  We did not record any excess 
tax benefits in 2011, 2010 or 2009.  Cash received from option exercises under our stock-based compensation plans for the 
years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $73, $55 and $226, respectively. 

e. 

Warrants 

On May 19, 2006, in connection with our acquisition of ABLE New Energy Co., Ltd., we granted warrants to 
acquire 100,000 shares of common stock.  The exercise price of the warrants was $12.30 per share and the warrants had a 
five-year term.  In January 2008, 82,000 warrants were exercised, for total proceeds received of $1,009.  In January 2009, 
10,000 warrants were exercised, for total proceeds received of $123. In May 2011, the remaining outstanding warrants to 
acquire 8,000 shares of common stock expired without being exercised.   

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
f. 

Restricted Stock Awards 

No restricted stock was awarded during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. 

During 2009, we issued 16,286 time-vested restricted stock awards to our executive officers.  The restrictions will 
lapse  over  a  three-year  period  in  equal  installments,  commencing  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  grant  date  (January  14, 
2009).  As of December 31, 2011, 7,364 of these shares had vested, and 7,704 of these shares were forfeited. 

During  2009,  we  issued  6,000  time-vested  restricted  stock  awards  to  our  former  Vice-President  of  Finance  and 
Chief  Financial  Officer,  John  C.  Casper.    The  restrictions  were  to  lapse  over  a  two-year  period  in  equal  installments, 
commencing on the first anniversary of the grant date (June 9, 2009).  As a result of his resignation in November 2009, this 
restricted stock award was forfeited. 

During 2009, we issued 2,500 performance-vested restricted stock awards to our former Vice-President of Finance 
and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  John  C.  Casper.    The  restrictions  were  to  lapse  only  if  we  met  or  exceeded  the  same 
predetermined target for our operating performance for 2009 as used for determining cash awards pursuant to the non-equity 
incentive plan.  As a result of his resignation in November 2009, this restricted stock award was forfeited. 

Restricted stock grants awarded during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 had the following 

values: 

Years Ended December 31, 
2010 

2009 

2011 

Number of shares awarded 
Weighted average fair value per share 
Aggregate total value 

- 
$      0.00 
$            - 

- 
$      0.00 
$            - 

24,786 
$      7.44 
$       185 

The activity of restricted stock grants of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 

is summarized as follows:  

Number of Shares 

  Weighted Average 
  Grant Date Fair Value 

Unvested at December 31, 2008 
     Granted 
     Vested 
     Forfeited 
Unvested at December 31, 2009 
     Granted 
     Vested 
     Forfeited 
Unvested at December 31, 2010 
     Granted 
     Vested 
     Forfeited 
Unvested at December 31, 2011 

76,664 
24,786 
(31,093) 
(23,830) 
46,527 
- 
(9,944) 
(27,535) 
9,048 
- 
(4,925) 
(2,905) 
1,218 

$ 11.47 
7.44 
11.60 
9.81 
$ 11.42 
0.00 
12.69 
10.80 
$ 11.94 
0.00 
12.01 
12.07 
$ 11.33 

We  recorded  compensation  cost  related  to  restricted  stock  grants  of  $(27),  $92  and  $100  for  the  years  ended 
December 31,  2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.   During  the third quarter of 2009,  we determined that  the performance 
measures  for  certain  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  would  not  be  achieved.    Therefore,  these  restricted  stock 
grants  did  not  vest,  and  we  reversed  the  prior  period  recognized  expense  of  $301  for  these  performance-based  restricted 
stock grants.  As of December 31, 2011, we had $1 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock 
grants,  which is expected to be recognized over the remaining  weighted average period of approximately  0.04  years. The 
total fair value of these grants that vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $32, $44 and $209, 
respectively. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
g. 

Reserved Shares  

We  have  reserved  2,939,723,  2,065,366,  and  2,106,617  shares  of  common  stock  under  the  various  stock  option 

plans, warrants and restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.  

Note 8 - Income Taxes 

 The provision for income taxes expense (benefit) consists of:  

December 31, 
2011 

December 31, 
2010 

December 31, 
2009 

Current – Continuing Operations: 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Current – Discontinued Operations: 

Federal 
State 

Deferred – Continuing Operations: 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Deferred – Discontinued Operations: 

Federal 
State 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

- 
32 
- 

32 

- 
- 

- 

277 
- 
219 

496 

- 
- 

- 

$ 

$ 

(582) 
25 
- 

(557) 

- 
2 

2 

258 
- 
- 

258 

(373) 
- 

(373) 

Total 

$ 

528 

$ 

(670) 

$ 

17 
14 
- 

31 

- 
- 

- 

171 
- 
- 

171 

189 
- 

189 

391 

We reflected a tax expense of $528 for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The 2011 tax provision is principally a 
result of the increase  in the  net deferred tax liability related to  liabilities  generated  from  goodwill  and  certain  intangible 
assets that cannot be predicted to reverse for book purposes during our loss carryforward periods.  In addition, we incurred 
state and foreign income taxes in 2011. 

We reflected a tax benefit of $670 for the year ended December 31, 2010.  The 2010 tax benefit is principally a 
result of our realization of a current tax benefit related to our election in 2010 to carry back the 2009 net operating loss to the 
prior  five  tax  years.    This  amount  was  partially  offset  by  state  income  taxes  due  for  2010.    This  election  resulted  in  us 
receiving  a  refund  of  any  alternative  minimum  taxes  paid  in  the  prior  five  years.    In  addition,  we  realized  a  deferred  tax 
benefit as a result of the reassessment of the net required deferred tax liability.  This reassessment was required due to the 
impairment of certain goodwill and other intangible assets by us in 2010.   

We reflected a tax provision of $391 for the year ended December 31, 2009.  The 2009 tax provision is principally 
a result of the increase in the net deferred tax liability related to liabilities generated from goodwill and certain intangible 
assets that cannot be predicted to reverse for book purposes during our loss carryforward periods.  The current federal tax 
provision relates to additional 2008 income tax that was paid in 2009.  We were not subject to the alternative minimum tax 
in the U.S. in 2009. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amount used for income tax purposes.  Significant components of our 
deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:  

Deferred tax liabilities: 
   Property, plant and equipment 
   Intangible assets and other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Deferred tax assets: 
Net operating loss carryforwards 
Intangible assets 
Accrued expenses, reserves and other 
Investments 

Total deferred tax assets 

December 31, 
2011 

December 31, 
2010 

$                  763 
                 4,437 
                 5,200                         4,450        

$                  661 
                 3,789 

               17,578 
5,079 
4,531 
                  342 
               27,530 

               16,146 
5,423 
5,101 
                  342 
               27,012 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets 
Net deferred tax assets 

            (26,526) 
               1,004 

            (26,260) 
                  752 

Net deferred tax liability 

$            (4,196) 

$            (3,698) 

 The $4,196 net deferred tax liability for the year ended December 31, 2011 is comprised of a current deferred tax 
liability of $187 and a long-term deferred tax liability of $4,170, offset in part by a current deferred tax asset of $161.  The 
$3,698 net deferred tax liability for the year ended December 31, 2010 is comprised of a long-term deferred tax liability of 
$3,906, offset in part by a current deferred tax asset of $208.   

In 2011, 2010 and 2009, in the U.S. and the U.K., we continue to report a valuation allowance for our deferred tax 
assets that cannot be offset by reversing temporary differences.  This results from the conclusion that it is more likely than 
not  that  we  would  not  utilize  our  U.S.  and  U.K.  NOL’s  that  had  accumulated  over  time.    The  recognition  of  a  valuation 
allowance on our deferred tax assets resulted from our evaluation of all available evidence, both positive and negative.  The 
assessment of the realizability of the NOL’s was based on a number of factors including, our history of net operating losses, 
the  volatility  of  our  earnings,  our  historical  operating  volatility,  our  historical  inability  to  accurately  forecast  earnings  for 
future periods and the continued uncertainty of the general business climate as of the end of 2011.   We concluded that these 
factors  represent  sufficient  negative  evidence  and  have  concluded  that  we  should  record a  full  valuation  allowance  under 
FASB‘s guidance on the accounting for income taxes.  In 2010 and 2009, we reported a valuation allowance for our deferred 
tax assets in China.  As a result of our assessment at December 31, 2011, there is no longer a need to record a valuation 
allowance for the Chinese deferred tax assets as we determined that it is more likely than not that they will be realized.  We 
are more likely than not to fully utilize the NOL in China and therefore have removed the immaterial valuation allowance 
during 2011.   We continually assess the carrying value of this asset based on relevant accounting standards. 

As of December 31, 2011, we have foreign and domestic NOL’s totaling approximately $57,977 available to reduce 
future  taxable  income.  Foreign  loss  carryforwards  of  approximately  $11,479  can  be  carried  forward  indefinitely.  The 
domestic  NOL  carryforward  of  $46,498  expires  from  2019  through  2031.    The  domestic  NOL  carryforward  includes 
approximately $2,949 for which a benefit will be recorded in capital in excess of par value when realized. 

 We have determined that a change in ownership, as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, occurred 
during 2005 and 2006. As such, the domestic NOL carryforward will be subject to an annual limitation estimated to be in the 
range  of  approximately  $12,000  to  $14,500.    The  unused  portion  of  the  annual  limitation  can  be  carried  forward  to 
subsequent  periods.  We  believe  such  limitation  will  not  impact  our  ability  to  realize  the  deferred  tax  asset.    In  addition, 
certain of our NOL carryforwards are subject to U.S. alternative minimum tax such that carryforwards can offset only 90% 
of alternative minimum taxable income.  This limitation did not have an impact on income taxes determined for 2011, 2010 
and 2009.  The use of our U.K. NOL carryforwards may be limited due to the change in the U.K. operation during 2008 
from a manufacturing and assembly center to primarily a distribution and service center. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
      
 
         
 
For financial reporting purposes, income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes is as follows:  

United States 
Foreign 

Total 

December 31, 
2011 

December 31, 
2010 

December 31, 
2009 

$          3,747 
            (1,655) 

$          12,295 
            (1,426) 

$          (2,353) 
            (2,650) 

$          2,092 

$          10,869 

$          (5,003) 

There are no undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries, at December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010.  

We  have  been  granted  a  tax  holiday  in  China.    As  a  result  of  new  legislation  effective  for  2008,  ABLE’s 
corporate income rate increased to 9%, which was 50% of the 2008 tax rate of 18%. For 2009, ABLE’s corporate income 
rate increased to 10%, which was 50% of the normal 20% tax rate for the jurisdiction in which we operate.  Thereafter, 
our tax rate in China will be phased in until ultimately reaching a rate of 25% in 2012.  During the years ended December 
31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we realized no tax benefits from the tax holiday due to taxable losses. 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. 

statutory federal income tax rate to income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes as follows:  

December 31, 
2011 

December 31, 
2010 

December 31, 
2009 

Provision/(benefit) computed using the statutory rate 

34.0% 

34.0% 

(34.0)% 

Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from: 

State tax, net of federal benefit 
Foreign  
Valuation allowance/deferred impact 

    Compensation 
    Other 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes 

1.0 
26.8 
(46.5) 
8.7 
1.2 
25.2% 

(0.1) 
4.4 
(42.8) 
1.7 
0.1 
(2.7)% 

0.2 
11.0 
17.0 
7.3 
 2.5 
 4.0% 

In 2011, the provision for income taxes was higher than what would be expected if the statutory rate were applied to 
pretax income.  This is due to the continuation of reflecting a full valuation allowance for our U.S. and U.K. deferred tax 
assets, and as a result of the mix of earnings in foreign jurisdictions. 

In 2010, the benefit for income taxes was lower than what would be expected if the statutory rate were applied to 
pretax  income.    This  is  due  primarily  to  three  factors.    The  first  factor  is  the  continuation  of  reflecting  a  full  valuation 
allowance for our U.S, U.K. and China deferred tax assets, resulting generally in no recognition of a tax benefit for the losses 
in 2010. The second factor is principally a result of our realization of a current tax benefit related to our election in 2010 to 
carry back the 2009 net operating loss to the prior five tax years.  This election resulted in us receiving a refund of alternative 
minimum taxes paid in the prior five years.  The third factor was that  we realized a deferred tax benefit as a result of the 
reassessment  of  the  net  required  deferred  tax  liability.    This  reassessment  was  required  due  to  the  impairment  of  certain 
goodwill and other intangible assets for us in 2010.    

In 2009, the provision for income taxes was higher than what would be expected if the statutory rate were applied to 
pretax income.  This is due to the continuation of reflecting a full valuation allowance for our U.S, U.K. and China deferred 
tax assets. 

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes 

We  have  adopted  FASB’s  guidance  for  the  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes.  As  a  result  of  the 
implementation of this guidance, there was no cumulative effect adjustment for unrecognized tax benefits, which would 
have been accounted for as an adjustment to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings.   

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
      
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  unrecognized  tax  benefits  related  to  uncertain  tax  positions  at  December  31,  2011  relate  to  Federal  and 

various state jurisdictions.  The following table summarizes the activity related to our unrecognized tax benefits: 

Years ended December 31, 
2010 

2011 

2009 

Balance at beginning of the year 
Increases related to the current year tax positions 
Increases related to prior year tax positions 
Decreases related to prior year tax positions 
Expiration of statute of limitations for assessment of taxes 
Settlements 
Balance at the end of the year 

 $            -    
         6,779  
               -    
               -    
               -    
               -    
               -    
 $      6,779  

 $            -    
               -    
               -    
               -    
               -    
               -    
               -    
 $            -    

 $            -    
               -    
               -    
               -    
               -    
               -    
               -    
 $            -    

The total unrecognized tax benefit balance at December 31, 2011 is comprised of tax benefits that, if recognized, 
would  result  in  a  deferred  tax  asset  and  a  corresponding  increase  in  our  valuation  allowance.    As  a  result,  because  the 
benefit would be offset by an increase in the valuation allowance, there would be no effect on the effective tax rate. 

We  are  not  required  to  accrue  interest  and  penalties  as  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  have  been  recorded  as  a 
decrease  in  our  NOL.    Interest  and  penalties  would  begin  to  accrue  in  the  period  in  which  the  NOL’s  related  to  the 
uncertain tax positions are utilized.  We do not expect our unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 
twelve months. 

As a result of our operations, we file income tax returns in various jurisdictions including U.S. federal, U.S. State 
and  foreign  jurisdictions.    We  are  routinely  subject  to  examination  by  taxing  authorities  in  these  various  jurisdictions.  
Our  U.S.  tax  matters  for  the  years  1999  through  2011  remain  subject  to  examination  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service 
(“IRS”)  due  to  our  NOL  carryforwards.      Our  U.S.  tax  matters  for  the  years  1999  through  2011  remain  subject  to 
examination by various state and local tax jurisdictions due to our NOL carryforwards.  Our tax matters for the years 2006 
through 2011 remain subject to examination by the respective foreign tax jurisdiction authorities.  The IRS has completed 
the examination of our 2009 US Federal income tax return, with no resulting material effect to our financial position or 
results of operations. 

Note 9 - 401(k) Retirement Benefit Plan 

 We maintain a defined contribution 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees. Employees can contribute a 
portion  of  their  salary  or  wages  as  prescribed  under  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and,  subject  to  certain 
limitations,  we  may,  at  the  Board  of  Directors  discretion,  authorize  an  employer  contribution  based  on  a  portion  of  the 
employees'  contributions.    Effective  February  2004,  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  our  matching  of  employee 
contributions at the rate of 50% of the first 4% contributed by an employee, or a maximum of 2% of the employee's income.  
In November 2005, the employer match was suspended in an effort to conserve cash.  In October 2007, the employer match 
was  reinstated  at  the  rate  of  50%  of  the  first  4%  contributed  by  an  employee,  or  a  maximum  of  2%  of  the  employee’s 
income.  During the fourth quarter of 2009, the employer match was temporarily suspended in an effort to conserve cash and 
control  costs.    In  January  2010,  the  employer  match  was  reinstated  at  the  rate  of  50%  of  the  first  4%  contributed  by  an 
employee, or a maximum of 2% of the employee’s income.  For 2011, 2010, and 2009 we contributed $381, $379, and $333, 
respectively.   

Note 10 - Business Segment Information 

On January 1, 2011, we began to report chargers in the Battery & Energy Products segment, to better align the 
portfolio of chargers with customers for those products and with how we manage our business operations.  Previously, we 
had reported chargers in the Communications Systems segment. 

On March 8, 2011, our senior management, as authorized by our Board of Directors, decided to exit our Energy 
Services  business,  which  previously  was  a  stand  alone  business  segment.    See  Note  2  in  these  Notes  to  Condensed 
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment information previously reported has been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. 

We report our results in two operating segments: Battery & Energy Products and Communications Systems.  The 
Battery & Energy Products segment includes: lithium 9-volt, cylindrical and various other non-rechargeable batteries, in 
addition to rechargeable batteries, uninterruptable power supplies, charging systems and accessories, such as cables.  The 
Communications  Systems  segment  includes:  power  supplies,  cable  and  connector  assemblies,  RF  amplifiers,  amplified 
speakers, equipment mounts, case equipment, integrated communication system kits and communications and electronics 
systems  design.    We  believe  that  reporting  performance  at  the  gross  profit  level  is  the  best  indicator  of  segment 
performance.  As such we report segment performance at the gross profit level and operating expenses as Corporate charges.   

2011 

Revenues 
Segment contribution 
Interest expense, net 
Miscellaneous 
Income taxes-current 
Income taxes-deferred 
Loss from discontinued operations 
Noncontrolling interest 
Net income attributable to Ultralife 

Total assets 
Capital expenditures 
Depreciation and amortization 
Stock-based compensation 

2010 

Revenues 
Segment contribution 
Interest expense, net 
Miscellaneous 
Income taxes-current 
Income taxes-deferred 
Loss from discontinued operations 
Noncontrolling interest 
Net income attributable to Ultralife 

Total assets 
Capital expenditures 
Depreciation and amortization 
Stock-based compensation 

Corporate 
$            - 
(32,918) 
(554) 
171 
(32) 
(496) 

58 

10,608 
127 
1,657 
1,148 

Total 
$ 139,386 
2,475 
(554) 
171 
(32) 
(496) 
(3,702) 
58 
(2,080) 

100,815 
2,362 
4,412 
1,225 

Corporate 
$            - 
(34,794) 
(1,138) 
145 
557 
(258) 

30 

9,963 
384 
2,487 
943 

Total 
$ 166,819 
11,862 
(1,138) 
145 
557 
(258) 
(17,377) 
30 
(6,179) 

114,835 
1,815 
5,350 
1,077 

Battery & 
Energy 
Products 
$ 108,203 
25,169 

Systems 

Communications  Discontinued 
Operations 
$            - 
- 

$ 31,183 
10,224 

51,351 
1,209 
2,471 
70 

38,833 
1,026 
191 
6 

(3,702) 

23 
- 
93 
1 

Battery & 
Energy 
Products 
$ 105,126 
24,844 

Systems 

Communications  Discontinued 
Operations 
$            - 
- 

$ 61,693 
21,812 

59,790 
1,182 
2,537 
107 

38,898 
195 
115 
7 

(17,377) 

6,184 
54 
211 
20 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2009 

Revenues 
Segment contribution 
Interest expense, net 
Miscellaneous 
Income taxes-current 
Income taxes-deferred 
Loss from discontinued operations 
Noncontrolling interest 
Net income attributable to Ultralife 

Total assets 
Capital expenditures 
Depreciation and amortization 
Stock-based compensation 

Geographical Information 

United Kingdom 
China 
Hong Kong 
India 
Europe, 
excluding United 
Kingdom 
Japan 
Singapore 
Canada 
Australia 
Other 
Total Non-U.S. 

Battery & 
Energy 
Products 
$ 107,165 
21,379 

Systems 

Communications  Discontinued 
Operations 
$            - 
- 

$ 47,130 
13,930 

54,559 
1,042 
2,540 
36 

48,305 
163 
189 
- 

(4,026) 

18,341 
215 
170 
18 

Corporate 
$            - 
(38,858) 
(1,431) 
(23) 
(31) 
(171) 

(10) 

9,961 
615 
2,828 
1,276 

Total 
$ 154,295 
(3,549) 
(1,431) 
(23) 
(31) 
(171) 
(4,026) 
(10) 
(9,241) 

131,166 
2,035 
5,727 
1,330 

2011 
$11,727 
8,748 
484 
104 

Revenues 
2010 
$19,507 
5,706 
1,255 
356 

2009 
$   8,765 
2,604 
1,242 
384 

Long-Lived Assets 
2011 
$      334 
1,370 
- 
52 

2010 
$     515 
1,413 
- 
65 

2009 
$     730 
1,479 
- 
65 

8,091 
1,440 
567 
5,245 
1,815 
5,357 
43,578 

11,665 
1,232 
1,011 
8,441 
1,086 
4,980 
55,239 

9,389 
1,190 
362 
5,328 
1,193 
3,337 
33,794 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1,756 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1,993 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
2,274 

United States 

95,808 

111,580 

120,501 

    10,832 

  12,492 

14,374 

Total 

$139,386  $166,819  $154,295 

$12,588   $14,485   $16,648  

Long-lived assets represent the sum of the net book value of property, plant and equipment. 

Note 11 - Fire at Manufacturing Facility 

In June 2011, we experienced a fire that damaged certain inventory and  machinery and equipment at our facility in 
China.  The fire occurred after business hours and was fully extinguished quickly with no injuries, and the plant was back in 
full  operation  shortly  thereafter  with  no  significant  disruption  in  supply  or  service  to  customers.    We  maintain  adequate 
insurance coverage for this operation.   

The total amount of the loss pertaining to assets and the related expenses was approximately $1,573.  The majority 
of the insurance claim is related to the recovery of damaged inventory.  As of December 31, 2011, we reflect a receivable 
from  the insurance company relating to this claim of $1,441,  which is net of our  deductible of approximately $132.  The 
deductible charge was expensed in the second quarter of 2011 and reflected as a component of cost of products sold in the 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 12 – Subsequent Events 

On February 15, 2012, our senior management, as authorized by our Board of Directors, decided to divest our 
RedBlack  Communications  business.      As  a  result  of  management’s  ongoing  review  of  our  business  portfolio, 
management had determined that RedBlack offers limited opportunities to achieve the operating margin thresholds of our 
new  business  model  and  decided  to  refocus  our  operations  on  profitable  growth  opportunities  presented  in  the  other 
product lines that comprise our business segments, Battery & Energy Products and Communication Systems.  Since 2008, 
our RedBlack Communications business has incurred significant operating losses.  We are seeking to sell our RedBlack 
business as a going concern and will be engaging appropriate professionals to assist in that effort.  We anticipate that the 
actions taken to divest the RedBlack Communications business will result in the elimination of approximately 30 jobs and 
the transfer of the RedBlack facility located in Hollywood, Maryland in connection the divestiture.  We cannot predict at 
this  time  when  the  closing  of  any  divestiture  transaction  will  occur.    Commencing  with  the  first  quarter  of  2012  and 
concluding  with the ultimate  closing of the transaction, the results of  RedBlack operations and related divestiture costs 
will be reported as a discontinued operation. 

We cannot at this time determine an estimate or a range of estimates of the extent of the restructuring charges we 

will incur in connection with the RedBlack divestiture. 

Note 13 - Selected Quarterly Information (unaudited) 

The following table presents reported net revenues, gross margin (net sales less cost of products sold), net income 
(loss) attributable to Ultralife – continuing operations, net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife – discontinued operations, 
net income (loss) attributable to Ultralife common share – continuing operations, basic and diluted, and net income (loss) 
attributable  to  Ultralife  common  share  –  discontinued  operations,  basic  and  diluted,  for  each  quarter  during  the  past  two 
years: 

2011 

Revenues 
Gross profit 
Net income (loss) attributable to 
   Ultralife - continuing operations 
Net income (loss) attributable to 
   Ultralife - discontinued operations 
Net income (loss) attributable to  
   Ultralife common shares - 
   continuing operations - basic 
Net income (loss) attributable to  
   Ultralife common shares - 
   discontinued operations - basic 
Net income (loss) attributable to  
   Ultralife common shares - 
   continuing operations - diluted 
Net income (loss) attributable to  
   Ultralife common shares - 
   discontinued operations - diluted 

Quarter ended 

April 3,  

July 3,  

Oct 2, 

Dec 31, 

Full 

2011 
$ 28,456 
4,538 

2011 
$ 43,555 
11,797 

2011 
$ 36,006 
9,639 

2011 
$ 31,369 
9,419 

Year 
$ 139,386 
35,393 

(4,033)     

2,578     

1,388     

1,689     

1,622 

(1,657)     

(2,139)     

-     

94     

(3,702) 

(0.23) 

0.15 

0.08 

0.10 

0.09 

(0.10) 

(0.12) 

0.00 

0.00 

(0.21) 

(0.23) 

0.15 

0.08 

0.10 

0.09 

(0.10) 

(0.12) 

0.00 

0.00 

(0.21) 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2010 

March 28,  

June 27,  

Sept 26, 

Dec 31, 

Full 

Quarter ended 

Revenues 
Gross profit 
Net income (loss) attributable to 
   Ultralife - continuing operations 
Net income (loss) attributable to 
   Ultralife - discontinued operations 
Net income (loss) attributable to  
   Ultralife common shares - 
   continuing operations - basic 
Net income (loss) attributable to  
   Ultralife common shares - 
   discontinued operations - basic 
Net income (loss) attributable to  
   Ultralife common shares - 
   continuing operations - diluted 
Net income (loss) attributable to  
   Ultralife common shares - 
   discontinued operations - diluted 

2010 
$ 36,469 
9,839 

2010 
$ 33,647 
9,006 

2010 
$ 50,812 
15,125 

2010 
$ 45,891 
12,686 

Year 
$ 166,819 
46,656 

1,232     

583     

5,992     

3,391     

11,198 

(945)     

(563)     

(1,466)     

(14,403)     

(17,377) 

0.07 

0.03 

0.35 

0.20 

0.65 

(0.05) 

(0.03) 

(0.09) 

(0.84) 

(1.01) 

0.07 

0.03 

0.35 

0.20 

0.65 

(0.05) 

(0.03) 

(0.09) 

(0.83) 

(1.01) 

 Our  current  monthly  closing  schedule  is  a  4/4/5  weekly-based  cycle  for  each  fiscal  quarter,  as  opposed  to  a 
calendar month-based cycle for each fiscal quarter.  Prior to January 1, 2011, we utilized a 5/4/4 weekly-based cycle for 
each fiscal quarter.  While the actual dates for the quarter-ends will change slightly each year, we believe that there are 
not any material differences when making quarterly comparisons. 

Quarterly and year-to-date computations of per share amounts are made independently; therefore, the sum of per 

share amounts for the quarters may not equal per share amounts for the year. 

ITEM 9. 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

 Evaluation  Of  Disclosure  Controls  And  Procedures  –  Our  president  and  chief  executive  officer  (principal 
executive  officer)  and  our  chief  financial  officer  and  treasurer  (principal  financial  officer)  have  evaluated  our  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this 
annual report.  Based on this evaluation, our president and chief executive officer and chief financial officer and treasurer 
concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date.  

Changes  In  Internal  Controls  Over  Financial  Reporting  –There  has  been  no  change  in  our  internal  control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) that occurred during the fourth quarter of 
the fiscal year covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our 
internal control over financial reporting.  

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Management’s Report on  Internal Control over Financial Reporting – Our  management team is responsible 
for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting.  Our internal control over financial 
reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the 
preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control systems, our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent 
or detect  misstatements.   Also, projections of  any evaluation of effectiveness  to  future periods are subject  to the risk that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or 
procedures may deteriorate.  

Our  management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31, 
2011.    In  making  this  assessment,  we  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.  Based on our assessment, we concluded that, 
as of December 31, 2011, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria. 

BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements included in 
this report, has issued a report on the operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.  A copy of the 
report follows: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting  

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Ultralife Corporation 
Newark, New York 

We  have  audited  Ultralife  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2011,  based  on 
criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the  Treadway  Commission  (the  COSO  criteria).  Ultralife  Corporation’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining 
effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  “Item  9A,  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial 
Reporting”. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on our audit.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company  Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing 
and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also 
included performing such other procedures as  we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies 
and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded 
as necessary to permit preparation of  financial statements in accordance  with  generally  accepted accounting principles, 
and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management 
and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the  company’s  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial 
statements.  

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become 
inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may 
deteriorate.  

In  our  opinion,  Ultralife  Corporation  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria.  

82 

 
 
 
 
 
We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Ultralife  Corporation  as  of  December  31,  2011  and  2010,  and  the  related 
consolidated  statements  of  operations,  changes  in  shareholders’  equity  and  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income 
(loss), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 and our report dated March 13, 
2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

 /s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Troy, Michigan 
March 13, 2012 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

The information required by Part III, other than as set forth in Item 12, and each of the following items is omitted 
from  this  report  and  will  be  presented  in  our  definitive  proxy  statement  (“Proxy  Statement”)  to  be  filed  pursuant  to 
Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, in connection with our 2012 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which information included therein is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

The sections entitled "Election of Directors", "Executive Officers", "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting 

Compliance" and "Corporate Governance" in the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

The  sections  entitled  "Executive  Compensation",  “Directors’  Compensation”,  “Employment  Arrangements”  and 

"Compensation and Management Committee Report" in the Proxy Statement are incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The  section  entitled  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners”  and  “Security  Ownership  of 

Management” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.   

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(a) 

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 
(b) 

Number of securities remaining 
available for future issuance under 
equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities reflected in 
column (a)) 
(c) 

2,307,446 

$  8.25 

598,995 

50,000 

2,357,446 

12.74 

$  8.34 

-                              

598,995 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation 
plans approved by 
security holders 

Equity compensation 
plans not approved by 
security holders 

Total 

See Note 7 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE  

The  section  entitled  "Corporate  Governance  -  General"  in  the  Proxy  Statement  is  incorporated  herein  by 

reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES  

The  section  entitled  "Proposal  to  Ratify  the  Selection  of  Independent  Registered  Accounting  Firm  -  Principal 

Accountant Fees and Services" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15.       EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

(a) 

Documents filed as part of this report: 

1.  Financial Statements 

The  financial  statements  and  schedules  required  by  this  Item  15  are  set  forth  in  Part  II,  Item  8  of  this 

report. 

2.      Financial Statement Schedules 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

See Item 15 (c) 

 (b) 

Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed as a part of this report:  

Exhibit 
Index 

Description of Document 

Incorporated By Reference from: 

3.1 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation 

3.2 

4.1 

Amended and Restated By-laws 

Specimen Stock Certificate 

10.1* 

Technology Transfer Agreement 
relating to Lithium Batteries  

10.2* 

10.3* 

Technology Transfer Agreement 
relating to Lithium Batteries  
Amendment to the Agreement relating 
to rechargeable batteries  

10.4† 

Ultralife Batteries, Inc. 2000 Stock 
Option Plan 

10.5† 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9† 

Ultralife Batteries, Inc. Amended and 
Restated 2004 Long-Term Incentive 
Plan 
Agreement on Transfer of Shares in 
ABLE New Energy Co., Limited dated 
January 25, 2006 
First Amendment to Agreement on 
Transfer of Shares in ABLE New 
Energy Co., Limited 
Agreement on Transfer of Equity 
Shares in ABLE New Energy Co., Ltd 
dated January 25, 2006 
Amendment No. 1 to Ultralife 
Batteries, Inc. Amended and Restated 
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan 

85 

Exhibit 3.1 of the Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008, filed March 13, 
2009 
Exhibit 3.2 of the Form 8-K filed 
December 9, 2011  
Exhibit 4.1 of the Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008, filed March 13, 
2009 
Exhibit 10.19 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed on October 7, 1994, File 
No. 33-84888 (the “1994 Registration 
Statement”) 
Exhibit 10.20 of the 1994 Registration 
Statement 
Exhibit 10.24 of our Form 10-K for the 
fiscal year ended June 30, 1996 (this 
Exhibit may be found in SEC File No. 0-
20852) 
Exhibit 99.1 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed on May 15, 2001, File 
No. 333-60984 (the “2001 Registration 
Statement”) 
Exhibit 99.2 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed on July 26, 2004, File 
No. 333-117662 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 10-Q for the fiscal 
quarter ended April 1, 2006 (the “March 
2006 10-Q) 
Exhibit 10.2 of the March 2006 10-Q 

Exhibit 10.3 of the March 2006 10-Q 

Exhibit 99.3 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed August 18, 2006, File 
No. 333-136737 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15† 

10.16† 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20† 

10.21† 

10.22 

10.23 

Stock Purchase Agreement by and 
among Innovative Solutions 
Consulting, Inc., Michele A. Aloisio, 
Marc DeLaVergne, Thomas R. 
Knowlton, Kenneth J. Wood, W. 
Michael Cooper, and the Registrant, 
dated September 12, 2007 
Stock Purchase Agreement by and 
among Stationary Power Services, Inc., 
William Maher, and the Registrant 
dated October 30, 2007 
Subordinated Convertible Promissory 
Note with William Maher 

Stock Purchase Agreement by and 
among Reserve Power Systems, Inc., 
William Maher, Edward Bellamy, and 
the Registrant dated October 30, 2007 
Amended and Restated Subordinated 
Promissory Note with William Maher 
effective March 28, 2009 
Amendment No. 2 to Ultralife 
Batteries, Inc. Amended and Restated 
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Amendment No. 3 to Ultralife 
Batteries, Inc. Amended and Restated 
2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Asset Purchase Agreement by and 
among U.S. Energy Systems, Inc., Ken 
Cotton, Shawn O’Connell, Simon 
Baitler, and the Registrant and 
Stationary Power Services, Inc. dated 
October 31, 2008 
Asset Purchase Agreement by and 
among U.S. Power Services, Inc., Ken 
Cotton, Shawn O’Connell, Simon 
Baitler, and the Registrant and 
Stationary Power Services, Inc. dated 
October 31, 2008 
Amendment No.1 to the Stock 
Purchase Agreement by and among 
Innovative Solutions Consulting, Inc., 
Michele A. Aloisio, Marc DeLaVergne, 
Thomas R. Knowlton, Kenneth J. 
Wood, W. Michael Cooper, and the 
Registrant, dated September 12, 2007 
Employment Agreement between the 
Registrant and John D. Kavazanjian 
Employment Agreement between the 
Registrant and Peter F. Comerford 

Credit Agreement with RBS Business 
Capital, a division of RBS Asset 
Finance, Inc. dated as of February 17, 
2010 
Revolving Credit Note with RBS 
Business Capital, a division of RBS 
Asset Finance, Inc. dated as of 
February 17, 2010 

86 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 10-Q for the fiscal 
quarter ended September 29, 2007, filed 
November 7, 2007 

Exhibit 10.48 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2007, filed 
March 19, 2008 

Exhibit 10.49 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2007, filed 
March 19, 2008 
Exhibit 10.50 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2007, filed 
March 19, 2008 

Exhibit 10.3 of the Form 10-Q for the fiscal 
quarter ended March 29, 2009, filed May 7, 
2009 
Exhibit 99.4 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed November 13, 2008, File 
No. 333-155349 
Exhibit 99.5 of our Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed November 13, 2008, File 
No. 333-155349 
Exhibit 10.34 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2008, filed 
March 13, 2009 

Exhibit 10.35 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2008, filed 
March 13, 2009 

Exhibit 99.1 of the Form 8-K filed on 
February 13, 2009 

Exhibit 99.1 of the Form 8-K filed on July 
9, 2009 
Exhibit 10.30 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 
Exhibit 10.33 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

Exhibit 10.34 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30† 

10.31† 

10.32 

10.33† 

10.34 

10.35† 

10.36† 

21 
23.1 
31.1 
31.2 

Form of Security Agreement between 
RBS Business Capital, a division of 
RBS Asset Finance, Inc.  and each of 
Ultralife Corporation, McDowell 
Research Co., Inc., RedBlack 
Communications, Inc. and Stationary 
Power Services, Inc. dated as of 
February 17, 2010 
Pledge and Security Agreement in 
favor of RBS Business Capital, a 
division of RBS Asset Finance, Inc. 
dated as of February 17, 2010 
Negative Pledge – Real Property with 
RBS Business Capital, a division of 
RBS Asset Finance, Inc. dated as of 
February 17, 2010 
Patents Security Agreement with RBS 
Business Capital, a division of RBS 
Asset Finance, Inc. dated as of 
February 17, 2010 
Trademark Security Agreement with 
RBS Business Capital, a division of 
RBS Asset Finance, Inc. dated as of 
February 17, 2010 
Amendment No. 2 to the Asset 
Purchase Agreement dated October 31, 
2008 by and among U.S. Energy 
Systems, Inc., Ken Cotton, Shawn 
O’Connell, Simon Baitler, and the 
Registrant and Stationary Power 
Services, Inc. dated April 27, 2010 
Addendum to Employment Agreement 
between the Registrant and John D. 
Kavazanjian 
Employment Agreement between the 
Registrant and Michael D. Popielec 
dated December 6, 2010 
First Amendment to Credit Agreement 
with RBS Business Capital, a division 
of RBS Asset Finance, Inc. dated as of 
February 17, 2010 
Revised definition of “Change in 
Control” for Ultralife Corporation 
Amended and Restated 2004 Long-
Term Incentive Plan 
Settlement Agreement between the 
Registrant and the United States of 
America dated June 1, 2011 
Agreement, Release and Waiver of all 
Claims with Patrick R. Hanna, Jr. dated 
July 15, 2011 
Amendment No. 4 to Ultralife 
Corporation Amended and Restated 
Long-Term Incentive Plan 
Subsidiaries 
Consent of BDO USA, LLP 
CEO 302 Certifications 
CFO 302 Certifications 

87 

Exhibit 10.35 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

Exhibit 10.36 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

Exhibit 10.37 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

Exhibit 10.38 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

Exhibit 10.39 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2009, filed 
March 16, 2010 

Exhibit 10.9 of the Form 10-Q for the fiscal 
quarter ended March 28, 2010, filed May 7, 
2010 

Exhibit 99.1 of Form 8-K filed on May 27, 
2010 

Exhibit 10.40 of the Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2010, filed 
March 15, 2011 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on 
January 21, 2011 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on May 
26, 2011 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Form 8-K filed on June 
2, 2011 

Filed herewith 

Exhibit 4.5 of the Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed on January 30, 2012, 
File No. 333-179235 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
906 Certifications 
XBRL Instance Document 

32 
100.INS 
100.SCH  XBRL Taxonomoy Extension 
Schema Document 
100.CAL  XBRL Taxonomoy Calculation 
Linkbase Document 
100.LAB  XBRL Taxonomoy Label Linkbase 

Document 

100.PRE  XBRL Taxonomoy Presentation 
Linkbase Document 

100.DEF  XBRL Taxonomoy Definition 

Document 

Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 
Filed herewith 

Filed herewith 

Filed herewith 

Filed herewith 

Filed herewith 

*  Confidential treatment has been granted as to certain portions of this exhibit. 

†  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

(c) 

Financial Statement Schedules. 

The following financial statement schedules of the Registrant are filed herewith: 

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Inventory reserves 
Warranty reserves 
Deferred tax valuation allowance 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Inventory reserves 
Warranty reserves 
Deferred tax valuation allowance 

Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Inventory reserves 
Warranty reserves 
Deferred tax valuation allowance 

Additions 

December 31, 
2010 
$             490 
3,781 
1,314 
26,260 

Charged to 
Expense 
$       237 
1,537 
591 
496 

Charged to 
Other 
Accounts 
$         (2) 
1,074 
- 
- 

Deductions 
$         42 
1,233 
1,066 
231 

December 31, 
2011 
$             683 
5,159 
839 
26,525 

Additions 

Charged to 
Other 
Accounts 

December 31, 
2009 

Charged to 
Expense 

Deductions 
$          1,024  $       (216)  $           (7)  $         311 
586 
499 
(600) 

3,990 
1,211 
25,775 

387 
602 
(115) 

(10) 
- 
- 

Additions 

Charged to 
Other 
Accounts 

December 31, 
2008 

Charged to 
Expense 

Deductions 
$          1,086  $          188  $         (42)  $         208 
- 
251 
(1,810) 

2,850 
1,026 
23,605 

1,123 
436 
360 

17 
- 
- 

December 31, 
2010 
$             490 
3,781 
1,314 
26,260 

December 31, 
2009 
$          1,024 
3,990 
1,211 
25,775 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Date:  March 12, 2012 

ULTRALIFE CORPORATION 

By: /s/ Michael D. Popielec 
Michael D. Popielec 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

      Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the 
following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Date: March 12, 2012 

Date: March 12, 2012 

Date: March 12, 2012 

Date: March 12, 2012 

Date: March 12, 2012 

Date: March 12, 2012 

Date: March 12, 2012 

Date: March 12, 2012 

Date: March 12, 2012 

/s/ Michael D. Popielec 
Michael D. Popielec 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Philip A. Fain                           
Philip A. Fain 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
 (Principal Financial Officer and  

Principal Accounting Officer) 

 /s/ Steven M. Anderson                               
Steven M. Anderson (Director) 

/s/ Patricia C. Barron                                
Patricia C. Barron (Director) 

/s/ James A. Croce                                
James A. Croce (Director) 

/s/ Thomas L. Saeli                              
Thomas L. Saeli (Director) 

/s/ Robert W. Shaw II                           
Robert W. Shaw II (Director) 

/s/ Ranjit C. Singh 
Ranjit C. Singh (Director)  

/s/ Bradford T. Whitmore                                                  
Bradford T. Whitmore (Director)  

89 

 
 
 
                                                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
                                             
 
 
 
                                             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
                                       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Index to Exhibits 

10.35 
21 
23.1 
31.1 

31.2 

32 

Agreement, Release and Waiver of all Claims with Patrick R. Hanna, Jr. dated July 15, 2011 
Subsidiaries 
Consent of BDO USA, LLP 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
XBRL Instance Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.INS 
101.SCH 
101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document 
101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document 
101.PRE 
101.DEF 

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document 
XBRL Taxonomy Definition Document 

90 

 
 
 
SUBSIDIARIES 

Exhibit 21 

We have a 100% ownership interest in Ultralife Batteries (UK) Ltd., incorporated in the United Kingdom. 

We have a 100% ownership interest in ABLE New Energy Co., Limited, incorporated in Hong Kong, which has a 100% 
ownership interest in ABLE New Energy Co., Ltd, incorporated in the People’s Republic of China. 

We have a 100% ownership interest in RedBlack Communications, Inc., incorporated in Maryland. 

We have a 100% ownership interest in Ultralife Energy Services Corporation, incorporated in Florida.  

We have a 51% ownership interest in Ultralife Batteries India Private Limited, incorporated in India.  

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We  hereby  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statements  on  Forms  S-3  (Nos.  333-67808, 
333-90984, 333-110426 and 333-136742) and Forms S-8 (Nos. 333-31930, 333-60984, 333-114271, 333-117662, 333-
136737, 333-136738, 333-155347, 333-155349 and 333-179235) of Ultralife  Corporation  of our reports dated March 
13,  2012  relating  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule,  and  the  effectiveness  of 
Ultralife Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K. 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP 

Troy, Michigan 
March 13, 2012 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
I, Michael D. Popielec, certify that: 

Exhibit 31.1 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ultralife Corporation; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all  material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as 
of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s 
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

Any fraud,  whether or not material, that involves management or other employees  who have a 
significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 12, 2012 

/s/ Michael D. Popielec                          
Michael D. Popielec,  
President and Chief Executive Officer 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Philip A. Fain, certify that: 

Exhibit 31.2 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Ultralife Corporation; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all  material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;  

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as 
of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s 
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

b) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

Any fraud,  whether or not material, that involves management or other employees  who have a 
significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 12, 2012 

/s/ Philip A. Fain   
Philip A. Fain, 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                          
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 1350 Certification 

Exhibit 32 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 906”), 
Michael  D.  Popielec  and  Philip  A.  Fain,  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
Treasurer,  respectively,  of  Ultralife  Corporation,  certify  that  (i)  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2011 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
and (ii) the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of Ultralife Corporation. 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Ultralife Corporation and will be 
retained by Ultralife Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

Date: March 12, 2012 

Date: March 12, 2012 

/s/ Michael D. Popielec                           
Michael D. Popielec, 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Philip A. Fain   
Philip A. Fain, 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 

CORPORATE & SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 

Board of Directors 

Bradford T. Whitmore 

Board Chair, Managing Partner, Grace Brothers, Ltd. 

Steven M. Anderson 

Brigadier General (Ret.) U.S. Army; Senior Vice President, 
Relyant LLC 

Patricia C. Barron 

Retired Clinical Associate Professor at the Leonard N. Stern School 
of Business of New York University 

James A. Croce 

President, Greenlark Energy Partners, LLC 

Michael D. Popielec 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Ultralife Corporation 

Thomas L. Saeli 

Chief Executive Officer, JRB Enterprises, Inc. 

Robert W. Shaw II 

President, Hornblower Yachts, Inc. 

Ranjit C. Singh 

Chief Executive Officer, CSR Consulting Group 

Corporate Officers 

Michael D. Popielec 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Peter F. Comerford 

Vice President of Administration, Secretary and General Counsel 

Philip A. Fain 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

Stock Exchange Listing 
NASDAQ 

Stock Symbol 
ULBI 

Stock Transfer Agent 
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 
59 Maiden Lane 
Plaza Level 
New York, NY 10038-4502 

Annual Meeting 
June 5, 2012 
9:00 AM Eastern Time 
Crystal City Marriot at Reagan National Airport 
1999 Jefferson Davis Highway 
Arlington, VA 22202-3526 

Form 10-K 
Shareholders may obtain a copy of our Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2011 by going to the Investor 
Info page at www.ultralifecorp.com or by 
calling us at 1-315-332-7100.  This information 
is also available at no charge by sending a 
request to Shareholder Services at the 
following address: 

Ultralife Corporation 
2000 Technology Parkway 
Newark, NY 14513 
Attn:  Philip A. Fain